|   
History > 2007 > USA > War > Iraq (VI)       In 
Report to Congress, Oversight Officials Say Iraqi Rebuilding Falls Short of 
Goals   October 31, 
2007The New York Times
 By JAMES GLANZ
   BAGHDAD, 
Oct. 30 — More than $100 billion has been devoted to rebuilding Iraq, mainly 
thanks to American taxpayers and Iraqi oil revenues, but nearly five years into 
the conflict, output in critical areas like water and electricity remain below 
United States goals, federal oversight officials reported to Congress on 
Tuesday.
 After the influx of that much cash into Iraq’s infrastructure, there are also 
some hopeful signs, said one of those officials, Stuart W. Bowen Jr., who heads 
the Office of the Special Inspector General for Iraq Reconstruction. The amount 
of electricity on Iraq’s national grid, while still well below expectations, has 
made modest gains recently on the strength of some new generators and improved 
security.
 
 But another oversight official, Joseph A. Christoff, the director of 
international affairs and trade at the Government Accountability Office, said 
some measures of what some see as progress in Iraq were not as clear-cut as they 
might seem.
 
 For example, Pentagon statistics indicated that a drop in violence in Iraq over 
the past several months “was primarily due to a decrease in attacks against 
coalition forces,” Mr. Christoff said in written remarks to a subcommittee of 
the House Appropriations Committee.
 
 “Attacks against Iraqi security forces and civilians have declined less than 
attacks against coalition forces,” Mr. Christoff wrote.
 
 Mr. Bowen’s testimony, before the same committee, showed that some of the same 
disastrous failures that have repeatedly damaged the reconstruction program are 
still occurring. A project to fix a dangerously flawed dam on the Tigris River 
at the northern city of Mosul has cost at least $27 million and achieved 
essentially nothing of practical value, his testimony and two related reports by 
his office found.
 
 Oversight of the dam project by the United States Army Corps of Engineers, which 
had responsibility, was so weak that a contractor hired to build a giant 
production facility to seal leaks in the soil did the improbable, to say the 
least: the contractor undertook to build a different kind of facility, which 
could not seal the leaks.
 
 The Army Corps and its designated oversight personnel apparently did not notice 
the discrepancy, Mr. Bowen’s office found. Problems with the dam are so severe 
that in a letter included in one of the reports, Ryan C. Crocker, the American 
ambassador to Iraq, and Gen. David H. Petraeus, the top American commander 
there, warned that the dam could collapse and unleash a giant flood onto the 
northern city of Mosul.
 
 Mr. Bowen said in an interview that even with the waste of so much of the $100 
billion, there was probably no other choice after the 2003 invasion but to spend 
it.
 
 “I think it was necessary given the severely debilitated condition of Iraq’s 
infrastructure,” Mr. Bowen said. “It could have been spent better on all 
fronts,” he said.
 
 American funds devoted to reconstruction have come to about $45 billion, 
compared to about $40 billion from Iraq. The rest are international pledges, 
only a few billion of which have actually been spent.
 
 Among the major expenditures on the American side is what the accountability 
office estimates to be $19 billion to train and equip Iraqi security forces and 
$7 billion to rehabilitate the country’s oil and electricity sectors. Even so, 
despite endless American press releases on Iraqi forces taking over 
responsibility for parts of the country, the office estimates that just 10 of 
140 Iraqi Army, national police and special operations units were in fact 
operating independently as of September.
 
 The Mosul dam, the largest in the country, was built under Saddam Hussein in the 
1980s. It was built on porous and water-soluble soil. So huge cavities 
continually form beneath the dam, threatening it with collapse.
 
 Iraqi engineers, who are often improvisers on a grand scale, have long dealt 
with the problem by regularly drilling down to the cavities and filling them 
with large amounts of grout, a sealing agent. As part of its own solution, the 
United States awarded contracts to several firms to build five giant new 
grout-mixing plants around the dam.
 
 But for whatever reason, the contractors built cement-mixing plants instead and 
even those have never worked, Mr. Bowen’s office found. To make the case still 
more puzzling, the contractors’ drawings plainly showed that they had the wrong 
type of plant in mind before the work even started.
 
 One result was essentially nothing besides some shoddily built storage silos and 
other idle equipment, the office found.
 
 “The Iraqis are facing a very serious problem,” said Ginger Cruz, a deputy 
inspector general in the office. “The United States tried to do a little bit to 
help them out, and so far we’ve been completely unsuccessful.”
 In Report to Congress, Oversight Officials Say Iraqi 
Rebuilding Falls Short of Goals, NYT, 31.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/31/world/middleeast/31reconstruct.html 
           
Thousands Call for Swift End to Iraq War   October 28, 
2007Filed at 7:31 a.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
   SAN 
FRANCISCO (AP) -- Thousands of people called for a swift end to the war in Iraq 
as they marched through downtown on Saturday, chanting and carrying signs that 
read: ''Wall Street Gets Rich, Iraqis and GIs Die'' or ''Drop Tuition Not 
Bombs.''
 The streets were filled with thousands as labor union members, anti-war 
activists, clergy and others rallied near City Hall before marching to Dolores 
Park.
 
 As part of the demonstration, protesters fell on Market Street as part of a 
''die in'' to commemorate the thousands of American soldiers and Iraqi citizens 
who have died since the conflict began in March 2003.
 
 The protest was the largest in a series of war protests taking place in New 
York, Los Angeles and other U.S. cities, organizers said.
 
 No official head count was available. Organizers of the event estimated about 
30,000 people participated in San Francisco. It appeared that more than 10,000 
people attended the march.
 
 ''I got the sense that many people were at a demonstration for the first time,'' 
said Sarah Sloan, one of the event's organizers. ''That's something that's 
really changed. People have realized the right thing to do is to take to the 
streets.''
 
 In the shadow of the National Constitution Center and Independence Hall in 
Philadelphia, a few hundred protesters ranging from grade school-aged children 
to senior citizens called on President Bush to end funding for the war and bring 
troops home.
 
 Marchers who braved severe wet weather during the walk of more than 30 blocks 
were met by people lining the sidewalks and clutching a long yellow ribbon over 
the final blocks before Independence Mall. There, the rally opened with songs 
and prayers by descendants of Lenape Indians.
 
 ''Our signs are limp from the rain and the ground is soggy, but out spirits are 
high,'' said Bal Pinguel, of the American Friends Service Committee, one of the 
national sponsors of the event. ''The high price we are paying is the more than 
3,800 troops who have been killed in the war in Iraq.''
 
 Vince Robbins, 51, of Mount Holly, N.J., said there needed to be more rallies 
and more outrage.
 
 ''Where's the outcry? Where's the horror that almost 4,000 Americans have died 
in a foreign country that we invaded?'' Robbins said. ''I'm almost as angry at 
the American people as I am the president. I think Americans have become 
apathetic and placid about the whole thing.''
 
 In New York, among the thousands marching down Broadway was a man carrying 
cardboard peace doves. Some others dressed as prisoners, wearing the bright 
orange garb of Guantanamo Bay inmates and pushing a person in a cage.
 
 Chicago police said about 5,000 people marched through city streets to protest 
the war.
 
 Police spokeswoman JoAnn Taylor said three protesters were arrested before the 
march started. They face charges including resisting arrest, failure to obey a 
police officer, criminal damage to property and aggravated battery to a police 
officer.
 
 In Seattle, thousands of marchers were led by a small group of Iraq war 
veterans.
 
 At Occidental Park, where the protesters rallied after the march, the American 
Friends Service Committee displayed scores of combat boots, one pair for each 
U.S. solider killed in Iraq.
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press writer Bob Lentz in Philadelphia contributed to this report.
    
Thousands Call for Swift End to Iraq War, NYT, 28.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Iraq-War-Protest.html            State 
Department Security Chief Resigns   October 24, 
2007Filed at 1:40 p.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- The State Department's security chief announced his resignation on 
Wednesday in the wake of last month's deadly Blackwater USA shooting incident in 
Baghdad and growing questions about the use of private contractors in Iraq.
 Richard Griffin, the assistant secretary of state for diplomatic security, 
announced his decision to resign at a weekly staff meeting, according to an 
internal informational e-mail sent to colleagues.
 
 ''He read his letter of resignation at the weekly Diplomatic Security staff 
meeting,'' said the e-mail, which was read to The Associated Press by one its 
recipients. ''There was no detailed reason provided and no effective date 
identified at this time.''
 
 Neither Griffin nor spokesmen for the department's Bureau of Diplomatic Security 
could be reached for immediate comment.
 
 Griffin announced his resignation just a day after Secretary of State 
Condoleezza Rice ordered a series of measures to boost government oversight of 
the private guards the department uses to protect its diplomats in Iraq.
 
 The steps were recommended by a review panel Rice created after a Sept. 16 
incident in which Blackwater personnel are accused of killing 17 Iraqi 
civilians. The panel found serious lapses in the department's oversight of such 
guards, who are employed by Griffin's bureau.
 
 Arguments on Capitol Hill over the role of private contractors in wartorn Iraq 
have largely obscured the broader debate over the war in recent weeks as 
majority Democrats have scrambled for new strategies designed to end the U.S. 
presence there.
       THIS IS A 
BREAKING NEWS UPDATE. Check back soon for further information. AP's earlier 
story is below.
 WASHINGTON (AP) -- The State Department's security chief announced his 
resignation on Wednesday in the wake of last month's deadly Blackwater USA 
shooting incident in Baghdad and growing questions about the use of private 
contractors in Iraq.
 
 Richard Griffin, the assistant secretary of state for diplomatic security, 
announced his decision to resign at a weekly staff meeting, according to an 
internal informational e-mail sent to colleagues.
 
 ''He read his letter of resignation at the weekly Diplomatic Security staff 
meeting,'' said the e-mail, which was read to The Associated Press by one its 
recipients. ''There was no detailed reason provided and no effective date 
identified at this time.''
    
State Department Security Chief Resigns, NYT, 24.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq-Blackwater.html            
Trillion-dollar war: Afghanistan and Iraq set to cost more than Vietnam and 
Korea 
 Published: 
24 October 2007The Independent
 By Leonard Doyle in Washington
 
   President 
George Bush will have spent more than $1 trillion on military adventures by the 
time he leaves office at the end of next year, more than the entire amount spent 
on the Korean and Vietnam wars combined.
 There are also disturbing signs that Mr Bush is preparing an attack on Iran 
during his remaining months in office. He has demanded $46bn (£22.5bn) emergency 
funds from Congress by Christmas and included with it a single sentence 
requesting money to upgrade the B-2 "stealth" bomber.
 
 By wrapping his request in the flag of patriotism, the President has made it 
very difficult even for an anti-war Congress to refuse the money. He was 
accompanied by the family of a dead US marine when he made the request for funds 
on Monday.
 
 The House Speaker, Nancy Pelosi, has attacked the President's priorities saying: 
"For the cost of less than 40 days in Iraq, we could provide health care 
coverage to 10 million children for an entire year."
 
 "The President is happy to put the military spending on the national credit 
card," said Steve Kosiak, a vice-president of the Centre for Strategic and 
Budgetary Assessments, an independent, military policy research institute, who 
said that the $1trn figure will soon be passed.
 
 The full amount requested for this fiscal year is now $196.4bn. The US is on 
course to spend a total of $806bn fighting in Afghanistan and Iraq, more than on 
any war it has fought since the Second World War. With interest payments this 
tops $1trn.
 
 Despite their expense, the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq are less of an economic 
burden (at 4.2 per cent of GDP) than earlier wars. The 1990-91 Gulf War cost 
$88bn, the Korean War cost $456bn (12.2 per cent of GDP) and the Vietnam War, 
$518bn (9.4 per cent of GDP). By comparison the Second World War cost more than 
40 per cent of GDP.
 
 Mr Kosiak also points out that the military is using the cover of wars in 
Afghanistan and Iraq to get funding for all sorts of projects. The upgrade of 
the stealth bomber is one of those projects.
 
 The Pentagon wants to upgrade its fleet of stealth bombers so that they can 
deliver 30-tonne, satellite-guided bombs. The planes would be based on the 
British Indian Ocean island of Diego Garcia where hangars are being specially 
upgraded. These "bunker-buster" bombs are six times bigger than anything used by 
the air force and designed to destroy weapons of mass destruction facilities 
underground. Diego Garcia is also much closer to Iran than Missouri, where the 
bombers are based.
 
 This weekend Vice-President Dick Cheney stepped up the rhetoric, warning of 
"serious consequences" if Iran refuses to stop enriching uranium and said the US 
would not permit it to get nuclear weapons. Iran denies that the enrichment is 
linked to a nuclear weapons programme and says it is entirely peaceful.
 
 David Miliband, the Foreign Secretary, who was in Washington for talks with the 
US Secretary of State, Condoleezza Rice, yesterday would not be drawn on Mr 
Cheney's remarks.
 
 Mr Bush's request for an extra $46bn in funds by Christmas has angered Congress, 
but it is expected to be approved.
 
 This year's request for extra military spending is already the largest since 11 
September 2001 and rising fast.
 
 The lion's share of the money Mr Bush has asked for is for the Pentagon. Some 
has also been earmarked for UN peacekeeping in Darfur, emergency food aid in 
Africa and sending oil to North Korea as part of a deal to end its nuclear 
weapons programme.
 
 * The US State Department has been harshly criticised for failing to oversee the 
private security companies it relies on in Iraq.
 
 An internal review found poor supervision and accountability for companies such 
as Blackwater USA as well as DynCorp.
 
 An audit of DynCorp says its record keeping is so poor that the State Department 
cannot account for $1.2bn (£590m) it paid the company since 2004 to train Iraqi 
police officers.
    
Trillion-dollar war: Afghanistan and Iraq set to cost more 
than Vietnam and Korea, I, 24.10.2007,
http://news.independent.co.uk/world/americas/article3090340.ece            Iraq and 
Afghanistan wars may total $2.4 trillion 
 
 
 23 October 2007
 USA Today
 By Ken Dilanian
     WASHINGTON 
— The cost of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan could total $2.4 trillion through 
the next decade, or nearly $8,000 per man, woman and child in the country, 
according to a Congressional Budget Office estimate scheduled for release today. A previous 
CBO estimate put the wars' costs at more than $1.6 trillion. This one adds $705 
billion in interest, taking into account that the conflicts are being funded 
with borrowed money.
 The new estimate also includes President Bush's request Monday for another $46 
billion in war funding, said Rep. John Spratt, D-S.C., budget committee 
chairman, who provided the CBO's new numbers to USA TODAY.
 
 Assuming that Iraq accounts for about 80% of that total, the Iraq war would cost 
$1.9 trillion, including $564 million in interest, said Thomas Kahn, Spratt's 
staff director. The committee holds a hearing on war costs this morning.
 
 "The number is so big, it boggles the mind," said Rep. Rahm Emanuel, D-Ill.
 
 Sean Kevelighan, a spokesman for the White House budget office, said, "Congress 
should stop playing politics with our troops by trying to artificially inflate 
war funding levels." He declined to provide a White House estimate.
 
 The CBO estimates assume that 75,000 troops will remain in both countries 
through 2017, including roughly 50,000 in Iraq. That is a "very speculative" 
projection, though it's not entirely unreasonable, said Loren Thompson, a 
defense analyst at the non-partisan Lexington Institute.
 
 As of Sept. 30, the two wars have cost $604 billion, the CBO says. Adjusted for 
inflation, that is higher than the costs of the Korea and Vietnam conflicts, 
according to the Washington-based Center for Strategic and Budgetary 
Assessments.
 
 Defense spending during those two wars accounted for a far larger share of the 
American economy.
 
 In the months before the March 2003 Iraq invasion, the Bush administration 
estimated the Iraq war would cost no more than $50 billion.
    
Iraq and Afghanistan wars may total $2.4 trillion, UT, 
23.10.2007,
http://www.usatoday.com/news/military/2007-10-23-wacosts_N.htm            Editorial Even 
Closer to the Brink   October 23, 
2007The New York Times
   The news 
out of Iraq just keeps getting worse. Now Turkey is threatening to send troops 
across the border to wipe out Kurdish rebel bases, after guerrillas killed at 
least a dozen Turkish soldiers. This latest crisis should have come as no 
surprise. But it is one more widely predicted problem the Bush administration 
failed to plan for before its misguided invasion — and one more problem it 
urgently needs to deal with as part of a swift and orderly exit from Iraq. 
 Turkey’s anger is understandable. Guerrillas from the Kurdistan Workers’ Party, 
known as the P.K.K., have been striking from bases in Iraqi Kurdistan with 
growing impunity and effect, using plastic explosives, mines and arms that are 
far too readily accessible in Iraq. The death toll for Turkish military forces 
is mounting.
 
 Turkey’s civilian leaders are feeling strong popular pressure to lash back. The 
leadership should realize that the conflict is providing a dangerous opening for 
Turkey’s generals. The military is determined to regain the upper hand over 
Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan, whom they detest for his party’s roots in 
Islamic politics.
 
 Ankara needs to know that an invasion would not only add to Iraq’s chaos and 
raise the specter of a regional war, it would also do major damage to Turkey’s 
international standing and finish off its prospects for joining the European 
Union.
 
 Following a personal appeal from Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, Mr. 
Erdogan’s government delayed retaliating and announced that all political means 
would be tried before launching a military operation into Iraq. But there is not 
a lot of time.
 
 Washington should also explain the dangerous facts of life to the leaders of 
Iraqi Kurdistan, who have done nothing to rein in the guerrillas or drive them 
out of their territory. Iraq’s president, Jalal Talabani, who is a Kurd, did no 
good Sunday when he first said he wanted “to solve problems peacefully,” but 
then declared that Iraq would not even turn over “a Kurdish cat” to Turkey.
 
 The Kurds will find it much easier to prosper if they can live in peace with 
Turkey, whose businessmen already invest heavily in their region. And Mr. 
Talabani and other Iraqi Kurds need to understand that their enclave of 
comparative peace and prosperity will not survive a regional war.
 
 Washington must now try to walk both sides back from this brink. It then should 
make a serious and sustained effort to broker a long-overdue political agreement 
between Turkey and Iraqi Kurdistan. There is much distrust on both sides. But 
there is also a lot to talk about. Iraqi Kurds want access routes to sell goods 
to Europe. Turkey needs a secure border with Iraq.
 
 With so many other problems in Iraq, the Bush administration apparently thought 
it could ignore this one. It can’t. If it doesn’t now move quickly, Iraq’s 
disastrous civil war could spiral into an even bigger disaster — a regional war.
    
Even Closer to the Brink, NYT, 23.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/23/opinion/23tue1.html           Nearly 
4.5 Million Iraqis Displaced   October 23, 
2007Filed at 12:01 p.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   GENEVA (AP) 
-- At least 1,000 Iraqis are fleeing their homes each day because of violence 
and insecurity -- a figure that could increase with threats of cross-border 
attacks into northern Iraq, the U.N. refugee agency said Tuesday.
 Nearly 4.5 million Iraqis have fled the country or have been displaced inside 
Iraq, said the U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees.
 
 The estimates -- 2.2 million refugees in neighboring countries, mostly Jordan 
and Syria, and about 2.3 million internally displaced -- are slightly higher 
than figures released last month by the agency and suggest that a recent decline 
in major insurgent attacks across Iraq has not slowed the flow of people seeking 
safer havens.
 
 ''Displacement (within the country) has been ongoing at a rate of 1,000 to 2,000 
a day,'' UNHCR spokeswoman Astrid van Genderen Stort told The Associated Press.
 
 More than 800,000 Iraqis have sought shelter in the northern Kurdish region, 
which has been mostly spared widespread violence since the U.S.-led invasion in 
2003. But concerns are growing about a possible new refugee crisis.
 
 Turkey has massed military forces along its border with Iraq, threatening a 
cross-border offensive against hideouts used by Kurdish rebels seeking autonomy 
in southeast Turkey. Iran, meanwhile, has shelled border zones in Iraq used by 
Kurdish guerrillas opposing Tehran's Islamic regime.
 
 ''UNHCR is worried about ongoing instability that could lead to further 
displacement,'' said a statement from the agency.
    
Nearly 4.5 Million Iraqis Displaced, NYT, 23.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-UN-Iraq-Refugees.html            Bin 
Laden Asks Iraq Insurgents to Unite   October 22, 
2007Filed at 2:18 p.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   CAIRO, 
Egypt (AP) -- Osama bin Laden called for insurgents in Iraq to unite and avoid 
divisions, saying in an audiotape aired Monday that Muslims were ''waiting for 
you to gather under one banner.''
 The authenticity of the tape aired on Al-Jazeera television could not be 
immediately confirmed, but the voice resembled that of bin Laden in previous 
messages. Al-Jazeera did not say how it obtained the tape of the al-Qaida 
leader.
 
 ''Some of you have been lax in one duty, which is to unite your ranks,'' bin 
Laden said. ''Beware of division ... The Muslim world is waiting for you to 
gather under one banner.''
    
Bin Laden Asks Iraq Insurgents to Unite, NYT, 22.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Bin-Laden-Tape.html            
Bush Wants $46 Billion More for Wars   
October 22, 2007Filed at 12:48 p.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   
WASHINGTON (AP) -- President Bush will ask Congress for another $46 billion 
to fund the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and finance other national security 
needs, The Associated Press has learned.
 The figure, which Bush was expected to announce later Monday at the White House, 
brings to $196.4 billion the total requested by the administration for 
operations in Iraq, Afghanistan and elsewhere for the budget year that started 
Oct. 1. It includes $189.3 billion for the Defense Department, $6.9 billion for 
the State Department and $200 million for other agencies.
 
 The figures were disclosed by congressional officials briefed on the request and 
who spoke on condition of anonymity because the announcement had not yet been 
made.
 
 To date, Congress has already provided more than $455 billion for the Iraq war, 
with stepped-up military operations running about $12 billion a month. The war 
has claimed the lives of more than 3,830 members of the U.S. military and more 
than 73,000 Iraqi civilians.
 
 The White House originally asked for $141.7 billion for the Pentagon to 
prosecute the Iraq and Afghanistan missions and asked for $5.3 billion more in 
July. The latest request includes $42.3 billion more for the Pentagon -- already 
revealed in summary last month -- and is accompanied by a modified State 
Department request bringing that agency's total for the 2008 budget year to 
almost $7 billion.
 
 The State Department is requesting $550 million to combat drug trafficking in 
Mexico and Central America, $375 million for the West Bank and Gaza and $239 
million for diplomatic costs in Iraq.
 
 Top House lawmakers have already announced that they do not plan to act on 
Bush's request until next year, though they anticipate providing interim funds 
when completing a separate defense funding bill this fall.
 
 Congress already has approved more than $5 billion for new vehicles whose 
V-shaped undercarriages provide much better protection against mines and 
roadside bombs. It's likely that Congress will quickly grant $11 billion more to 
deliver more than 7,000 of the vehicles.
 
 The delays in submitting the remaining war funding request were in part due to 
unease among congressional Republicans about receiving it during the veto 
override battle involving a popular bill reauthorizing a children's health 
insurance program.
 
 The request also includes $724 million for U.N. peacekeeping efforts in the 
war-torn Darfur region in Sudan, $106 million in fuel oil or comparable 
assistance to North Korea as a reward for the rogue nation's promises to cease 
its efforts to develop nuclear weapons. Another $350 million would go to fight 
famine in Africa.
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press writer Deb Riechmann contributed to this report in Washington.
 
    Bush Wants $46 Billion 
More for Wars, NYT, 22.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Bush-War-Spending.html            
U.S. 
Says Iraq Raid Kills 49 Militants   October 21, 
2007Filed at 11:36 a.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- U.S. forces backed by airstrikes raided Sadr City, Baghdad's main Shiite 
district, killing 49 militants on Sunday as they targeted a militia leader 
accused in high-profile kidnappings, the military said. Iraqi officials said 
women and children were among the dead.
 The Iraqi reports followed other recent claims of civilian deaths as a result of 
U.S. military action or shootings by private Western security teams protecting 
American diplomats and aid groups. The military said it was not know of any 
civilians killed.
 
 Tensions also rose in northern Iraq after separatist Kurdish rebels ambushed a 
military unit near Turkey's border with Iraq, killing at least 12 soldiers. 
Turkey's government has threatened to take action against the rebels based in 
northern Iraq if the U.S.-led coalition in Iraq does not stop the Kurdish 
attacks on Turkish forces.
 
 Hours after the ambush, an Iraqi army officer from the border guard forces, Col. 
Hussein Rashid, said Turkish forces fired about 15 artillery shells toward 
Kurdish villages in the border area in northern Iraq. But there were no 
casualties.
 
 In Sadr City, the U.S. military said ''an estimated 49 criminals'' were killed 
in three separate engagements during a raid targeting a suspected rogue Shiite 
militia leader specializing in kidnapping operations for which he sought funding 
from Iran.
 
 U.S. troops returned fire after coming under sustained attack from automatic 
weapons and rocket-propelled grenades from nearby buildings as they began to 
raid a series of buildings in the district, according to a statement, which 
added that some 33 militants were killed in the firefight. Ground forces then 
called in airstrikes, which killed some six militants.
 
 The U.S. troops were then attacked by a roadside bomb and continued heavy fire 
as they left the area, killing another 10 combatants in subsequent clashes.
 
 ''All total, coalition forces estimate that 49 criminals were killed in three 
separate engagements during this operation. Ground forces reported they were 
unaware of any innocent civilians being killed as a result of this operation,'' 
the military said in the updated statement.
 
 Iraqi police and hospital officials put the death toll at at least 13 and said a 
woman and three children were among the dead from the pre-dawn raid in the 
sprawling district. They said 52 people were injured.
 
 Associated Press photos showed the bodies of two toddlers, one with a gouged 
face, swaddled in blankets on the floor of the morgue. Relatives said they were 
killed when helicopter gunfire hit their house as they slept. Their shirts were 
pulled up, exposing their abdomens. A diaper showed above the waistband of the 
shorts of one of the boys.
 
 Several houses, cars and shops were damaged in the fighting, which witnesses 
said lasted two hours.
 
 Iraqis have routinely claimed civilians were killed as U.S.-led forces stepped 
up raids to try to root out extremists in Sadr City and other Shiite strongholds 
as part of an 8-month-old security operation to quell sectarian violence.
 
 But the reported death toll in Sunday's strike was among the largest.
 
 On Aug. 8, the U.S. military said 32 suspected militants were killed and 12 
captured in an operation targeting a ring believed to be smuggling 
armor-piercing roadside bombs from Iran. Iraqi police and witnesses claimed nine 
civilians, including two women, were killed in that raid.
 
 The sweeps into Sadr City have sent a strong message that U.S. forces plan no 
letup on suspected Shiite militia cells despite risks of upsetting the 
Shiite-led government of Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki and its efforts at 
closer cooperation with Shiite heavyweight Iran.
 
 An Iraqi military spokesman, Brig. Gen. Qassim al-Moussawi, said the government 
would ask the military for an explanation about Sunday's raid and stressed the 
need to avoid civilian deaths everywhere.
 
 The government has had mixed reactions to the raids and airstrikes, particularly 
when they target Sunni extremists.
 
 U.S. troops backed by attack aircraft also killed 19 suspected insurgents and 15 
civilians, including nine children, in an operation Oct. 11 targeting al-Qaida 
in Iraq leaders northwest of Baghdad.
 
 In that case, al-Maliki's government said the killings of the 15 women and 
children were a ''sorrowful matter,'' but added that civilian deaths are 
unavoidable in the fight against al-Qaida.
 
 Relatives gathered at Sadr City's Imam Ali hospital as the emergency room was 
overwhelmed with bloodied victims and the dead were placed in caskets covered by 
Iraqi flags.
 
 An initial military statement e-mailed to The Associated Press said the raids 
were targeting ''criminals believed to be responsible for the kidnapping of 
coalition soldiers in November 2006 and May 2007.''
 
 However a later release said only that U.S. troops, acting on intelligence, 
raided a number of buildings in an operation targeting a rogue Shiite militia 
leader specializing in Iranian-funded kidnappings.
 
 The military said it was targeting a member of a breakaway faction of the Mahdi 
Army militia that is nominally loyal to Muqtada al-Sadr. The anti-American 
cleric has called on his fighters to stand down.
 
 At the Imam Ali hospital, a local resident who goes by the name Abu Fatmah said 
his neighbor's 14-year-old son, Saif Alwan, was killed while sleeping on the 
roof. Fatmah said many of the casualties were people sleeping on the roof to 
seek relief from the hot weather and lack of electricity.
 
 ''Saif was killed by an airstrike and what is his guilt? Is he from the Mahdi 
Army? He is a poor student,'' Abu Fatmah said.
 
 An uncle of 2-year-old Ali Hamid said the boy was killed and his parents 
seriously wounded when heavy gunfire from a helicopter struck the wall and 
windows of their house as they slept indoors.
 
 APTN video showed a U.S. helicopter flying over the area while black smoke rose 
into the sky.
 
 Other footage showed three bloodied boys sitting on hospital tables and an 
elderly man being treated for a head wound.
 
 Mourners tied wooden coffins onto the tops of minivans with the plume of smoking 
rising in the background.
    
U.S. Says Iraq Raid Kills 49 Militants, NYT, 21.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html?hp            Old 
Enough Now to Ask How Dad Died at War   October 21, 
2007The New York Times
 By LISA W. FODERARO
   LANCASTER, 
N.Y. — CamerynLee was only 3 years old when her father, Lance Cpl. Eric J. 
Orlowski, a Marine Corps reservist, was killed in an accidental shooting during 
the first days of the Iraq war. Now 8, she is suddenly hungry for information 
about the man she remembers only in sketchy vignettes: Did he like chicken wings 
as much as she does? How about hockey? Was he funny? 
 “When it happened, I don’t think she fully understood,” said her mother, Nicole 
Kross, 29. “At that age she really didn’t ask too many questions. It’s all 
coming out more now.”
 
 In a grim marker of the longevity of the war, children who were infants or 
toddlers when they lost a parent in action are growing up. In the process, they 
are coming to grips with death in new, more mature and at times more painful 
ways — pondering a parent they barely knew, asking pointed questions about the 
circumstances of the death and experiencing a kind of delayed grief.
 
 Families and bereavement counselors say that media coverage of the war, 
dedication ceremonies and even school events — in which most classmates have 
both parents in attendance — can all heighten yearning for the missing parent. 
For young children, the flood of prickly feelings and questions often arises 
just as the surviving parent is moving beyond his or her own intense grief, 
sometimes with a new spouse or partner in the picture.
 
 “As 3-year-olds, they have a pragmatic, concrete concept,” said Joanne M. Steen, 
co-author of “Military Widow: A Survival Guide.” “They’ll say matter-of-factly, 
‘My daddy died.’ But at significant points in their lives, they go back and 
revisit this, and it’s really hard on the surviving spouse. They end up telling 
the story over and over again of how Daddy died at each stage.”
 
 Nevertheless, many parents work hard to keep the memory of the dead parent alive 
for their children. CamerynLee and her mother, sitting in their sunny kitchen in 
this middle-class town outside Buffalo recently, looked at pictures of Lance 
Corporal Orlowski, along with letters of condolence from President Bush and 
former Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld. Outside, the Marine Corps flag was 
flying near a Halloween scarecrow.
 
 Ms. Kross also showed her daughter a letter that her father wrote from Kuwait 
City, which began, “What’s up ladies?” He ended it by telling CamerynLee to be a 
“good girl for Mommy” and urging Nicole, a former Air Force reservist, to “take 
care of yourself.”
 
 It was the first time that Ms. Kross had shown the letter to CamerynLee, a 
sprite of a girl with a gentle voice and large blue eyes. “I think about him 
every day,” CamerynLee said as she studied the letter. “I remember cooking with 
him. He was helping me flip the sausages. I remember him carrying me. I wish he 
was still alive.”
 
 In some cases, involving children who were very young or not even born when 
their mothers or fathers died, the surviving parents attempt to create memories.
 
 Brandy Williams, of Waipahu, Hawaii, had a 3-year-old daughter at home and 
another on the way when her husband, Sgt. Eugene Williams of Highland, N.Y., was 
killed by a car bomb in March 2003.
 
 Mrs. Williams has three videos of her husband, who was usually the one behind 
the camera, and the girls, Mya, now 8, and Monica, 4, have watched them over and 
over. In one, the couple is coming home from the hospital with Mya after her 
birth. “Monica thinks it’s her, and it’s so hard because she doesn’t 
understand,” Mrs. Williams said.
 
 There is also a table in the living room displaying his Army beret and pictures 
of him, smiling.
 
 “My worst fear is that they’ll forget about him,” Mrs. Williams said.
 
 Like CamerynLee, Mya clings to fleeting images of her father: frolicking with 
him on a playground at Fort Stewart in Georgia, being given toys. At first, 
Mya’s understanding of her father’s death was appropriately simplistic, filtered 
through a child’s universe.
 
 “When I told her that Daddy’s in the sky with the angels, she said, ‘Like the 
Care Bears?’ ” recalled Mrs. Williams, referring to the popular line of 
rainbow-climbing bears. “So for a while we would say, ‘Daddy’s in heaven with 
the Care Bears.’ ”
 
 But after attending a grief camp run by a nonprofit organization, the Tragedy 
Assistance Program for Survivors, or TAPS, 6-year-old Mya asked her mother 
exactly how her father had died. They were sitting in the car in a supermarket 
parking lot, and Mrs. Williams told her as calmly as she could about the 
checkpoint and the bad person who pulled up in a car and the bomb that exploded.
 
 “I’m looking at her through the rearview mirror, and I saw her eyes get really 
big and it was heart-wrenching,” Mrs. Williams recalled. “At the grief camp, she 
heard about I.E.D.’s and roadside bombs and hearing how her daddy died was hard 
for her to take. The rest of the day she was withdrawn and quiet and said she 
didn’t want to hear anything else. I started freaking out: did I do the right 
thing?”
 
 TAPS, a Washington-based organization that helps military families cope with 
grief and trauma, estimates that at least 2,000 children under age 18 have lost 
a parent in the war in Iraq. It is unclear, however, how many of those children 
were toddlers or infants when the death occurred.
 
 Grief counselors and sociologists who study military families say that children, 
and the surviving spouses, need a strong network of support after a member of 
the military dies, especially since many abruptly leave the cocoonlike 
environment of a military base.
 
 “This goes back to the old axiom that if you don’t take care of the mother, she 
can’t take care of the child,” said James A. Martin, a retired Army colonel and 
associate professor in the Graduate School of Social Work and Social Research at 
Bryn Mawr College.
 
 “In that kind of trauma, it’s really what the extended family and community and 
organizations can do to reach out and provide comfort to assist the primary 
caregiver,” he said. “The younger the children, the more likely that kind of 
support is needed.”
 
 The burst of initial support is not always sustained, however. Brandy Sacco, a 
26-year-old nursing student, lost her husband, Sgt. Dominic J. Sacco of Albany, 
two years ago when insurgents fired on his tank. Mrs. Sacco was left with two 
young children: Anthony, then 3 months, and 4-year-old Elyssa Armstrong. (Elyssa 
is Mrs. Sacco’s daughter from a previous relationship, but Sergeant Sacco, his 
wife said, cared for her as if she were his own child.)
 
 “I had people come visit me the first month,” said Mrs. Sacco, who lives in 
Topeka, Kan. “They brought me food, and then everybody was gone. I was like, 
O.K., what do I do now?”
 
 For Elyssa, who is now 6, the anguish of losing her stepfather in the war 
resurfaced last summer when a new softball complex was dedicated in his memory 
at nearby Fort Riley. Sergeant Sacco’s parents flew in for the event, and 
Elyssa’s mother spoke through tears at the ceremony.
 
 “That opened up a lot of things for Elyssa,” Mrs. Sacco said. “She cried the 
week before and the week after. She listens to sad songs more these past couple 
of months, and she’s only 6.”
 
 Like Mrs. Williams in Hawaii, Mrs. Sacco has one child who can remember a father 
and one who cannot, a source of considerable sorrow.
 
 “Anthony was Nick’s only biological child, and I wish he had more time with his 
father so he would actually remember his face,” Mrs. Sacco said. “At the same 
time, Elyssa can help me talk about him. She points things out: ‘That’s when 
your daddy and me and Mommy went to Universal Studios.’ ”
 
 Elyssa has not been excessive with questions about her stepfather’s likes and 
dislikes. But she is clearly struggling. Despite having had grief counseling, 
she has fallen behind in school and sometimes acts younger than her years.
 
 “She still has her bad days where out of the blue she’ll cry,” Mrs. Sacco said. 
“I tell her, there’s nothing wrong with that. It’s fine. It hurts.”
 
 In Rochester, John and Cathy Pernaselli, the parents of Petty Officer First 
Class Michael J. Pernaselli, are raising his daughters, Nicole, 6, and 
Dominique, 7. Petty Officer Pernaselli was killed in the Persian Gulf in April 
2004 during his first tour. He had divorced his wife and secured custody of the 
two girls.
 
 When Officer Pernaselli died, his daughters, then 3 and 4, had trouble grasping 
it. “They couldn’t understand why — what had happened,” Mr. Pernaselli said. 
“They had just talked to him two days before.”
 
 They now see a counselor every week and take comfort in keeping his memory 
close. Both have pillows on their beds imprinted with his picture and talk to 
him in their prayers. Both wear gold pendants engraved with his likeness (as 
Mrs. Pernaselli does). They celebrate his birthday every year. But emotions are 
raw.
 
 “They’ll say, ‘Why did it have to be my dad?’ ” said Mr. Pernaselli, 55, who 
works at a Wegmans supermarket. “They’ll hug the pillow and eventually work 
themselves out of it.”
 
 While fielding questions and providing reassurance can be tiring, it at least 
plugs a parent or guardian directly into the child’s psyche. In that sense, a 
child’s volubility can be strangely comforting to some parents. Mrs. Williams 
now worries about Mya’s recent silence, fearing that her daughter is avoiding 
discussion of her father as a way to protect both herself and her mother.
 
 After Mya’s second visit to the TAPS grief camp this summer, Mrs. Williams 
prepared herself for a new round of inquiry about her husband and his death. “I 
asked her if she had any more questions, and she said, ‘No, I don’t,’ ” Mrs. 
Williams recalled.
 
 “When she asks me and I start talking about it, my voice gets cracky and tears 
roll down my face,” she said. “I don’t know if it will ever get better. I see 
Mya hurting more now because she’s understanding more. In school, when we have 
family events, that’s the toughest for her. She sees the mommy and the daddy, 
and it’s just me.”
    
Old Enough Now to Ask How Dad Died at War, NYT, 
21.10.2007, 
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/21/us/21parent.html?hp           Pentagon 
Sees One Authority Over Contractors   October 17, 
2007The New York Times
 By ERIC SCHMITT and THOM SHANKER
   WASHINGTON, 
Oct. 16 — Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates is pressing for the nearly 10,000 
armed security contractors now working for the United States government in Iraq 
to fall under a single authority, most likely the American military, in an 
effort to bring Blackwater USA under tighter control, senior administration 
officials and Pentagon advisers say. 
 That idea is facing resistance from the State Department, which relies heavily 
for protection in Iraq on some 2,500 private guards, including more than 800 
Blackwater contractors, to provide security for American diplomats in Baghdad. 
The State Department has said it should retain control over those guards, 
despite Blackwater’s role in a September shooting in Baghdad that exposed 
problems in the current oversight arrangements.
 
 In practical terms, placing the private security guards who now work for the 
military, the State Department and other government agencies under a single 
authority would mean that those armed civilians would no longer have different 
bosses and different rules. Pentagon advisers say it would also allow better 
coordination between the security contractors and American military commanders, 
who have long complained that the contractors often operate independently.
 
 Mr. Gates has not publicly stated his final position on any reorganization, but 
his thinking on how to manage security contractors was described by 
administration officials, military officers and outside advisers to the Defense 
Department, who spoke on condition of anonymity.
 
 The officials said it was not clear whether Mr. Gates would also recommend 
changes that would make Blackwater contractors in Iraq subject to military law. 
Whether Blackwater guards now in Iraq are subject to any kind of legal jeopardy 
remains unclear, even as the F.B.I. and other American agencies investigate the 
Sept. 16 shooting, which Iraqi investigators have said killed 17 Iraqi 
civilians.
 
 In response to the shooting, the State Department has acknowledged the need to 
tighten controls over Blackwater. But department officials have said that they 
were tightening controls by sending State Department personnel as monitors on 
Blackwater security convoys in and around Baghdad, and said that therefore there 
was no need to shift oversight to the Pentagon.
 
 By contrast, Pentagon and military officials say, Mr. Gates has been told by 
senior American commanders in Iraq that there must be a single chain of command 
overseeing the private security contractors working for a variety of United 
States government agencies in the war zone. The commanders argue that the 
military is best positioned to be that single authority.
 
 Congress has already voiced its concern over the current legal uncertainty 
involving American contractors. Earlier this month, the House overwhelmingly 
approved a bill that would bring all United States government contractors in the 
Iraq war zone under the jurisdiction of American criminal law. A similar measure 
is pending in the Senate.
 
 But Pentagon officials remain divided over whether they might recommend 
additional changes if the contractors were brought under Defense Department 
authority. Some military commanders in Iraq favor using the Uniform Code of 
Military Justice, a system they know well and trust. Other Defense Department 
officials support the model being considered by Congress, which would make clear 
that the Military Extraterritorial Jurisdiction Act would extend federal law to 
civilians supporting military operations.
 
 The Pentagon press secretary, Geoff Morrell, said Mr. Gates “has made clear that 
he supports his commanders’ assertions that, at the very least, they need 
greater visibility on the work and movements of armed security contractors in 
Iraq.”
 
 The civilian casualties from contractor gunfire have infuriated the Iraqi 
government and damaged the American image in the country, frustrating military 
officers who say the heavy-handed tactics by contractors undermine broader 
efforts to win the trust of the Iraqi people.
 
 American commanders have a more specific military complaint, as well: They say 
the security contractors complicate American combat operations, in part because 
local commanders sometimes do not even know of armed official convoys moving 
through their areas.
 
 Mr. Gates said this month that 30 percent of the calls for help from security 
contractors had come from convoys that the military did not know were on the 
road.
 
 Because of their overseas travel schedules, Mr. Gates and Secretary of State 
Condoleezza Rice have been unable to meet face to face to resolve the issue, 
officials said. “In no way are we at a point of impasse with the State 
Department,” said Mr. Morrell, the Pentagon press secretary. “We have not even 
begun discussions with them at the secretary level on the way forward.”
 
 A State Department official said the department had not yet received any formal 
proposal from the Pentagon. “Our interests and theirs is ensuring that the 
activities of personal security contractors are effectively coordinated between 
the military and the embassy,” the official said. “We’d certainly be interested 
in hearing any additional ideas that the Defense Department might have.”
 
 One outside adviser to the Pentagon said Mr. Gates felt so strongly that he told 
associates he was prepared to go to President Bush to decide the matter.
 
 However, that adviser and Pentagon officials said Mr. Gates would not raise the 
issue with Mr. Bush until he and Ms. Rice had a chance to discuss it with 
Stephen J. Hadley, the national security adviser, after Ms. Rice returns from 
her current foreign travels.
 
 Since Mr. Gates was sworn in as defense secretary in December, he has 
established a far friendlier relationship with Ms. Rice than was maintained by 
his predecessor, Donald H. Rumsfeld. Mr. Gates and Ms. Rice, who worked together 
in government previously, share views on many significant issues, including on 
the Guantánamo Bay detention facility, on dealing with Iran and on the broad 
outlines for the future of the Iraq mission.
 
 However, tensions have emerged, especially over personnel issues. Earlier this 
year, Ms. Rice asked the Pentagon, whose budget dwarfs that of the State 
Department, to help supply people to fill State Department reconstruction 
positions in Iraq.
 
 As details of the Blackwater shootings have emerged in recent weeks, Mr. Gates 
has signaled his unease with the existing command and legal authorities 
governing security contractors.
 
 “Do we have the mechanisms and the means for our commanders to exercise a kind 
of strategic oversight and assure accountability in terms of the behavior and 
the conduct of these security contractors?” Mr. Gates asked at the Pentagon on 
Sept. 27.
 
 “It’s very important that we do everything in our power to make sure that people 
who are under contract to us are not only abiding by our rules, but are 
conducting themselves in a way that makes them an asset in this war in Iraq and 
not a liability,” he added.
    
Pentagon Sees One Authority Over Contractors, NYT, 
17.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/17/washington/17blackwater.html?hp 
           Iraq 
Drawdown to Begin in Volatile Area   October 17, 
2007Filed at 10:16 a.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- Commanders in Iraq have decided to begin the drawdown of U.S. forces in 
volatile Diyala province, marking a turning point in the U.S. military mission, 
The Associated Press has learned.
 Instead of replacing the 3rd Brigade of the 1st Cavalry Division, which is 
returning to its home base at Fort Hood, Texas, in December, soldiers from 
another brigade in Salahuddin province next door will expand into Diyala, 
thereby broadening its area of responsibility, several officials said Tuesday.
 
 In this way, the number of Army ground combat brigades in Iraq will fall from 20 
to 19. This reflects President Bush's bid to begin reducing the American 
military force and shifting its role away from fighting the insurgency toward 
more support functions like training and advising Iraqi security forces.
 
 The December move, which has not yet been announced by the Pentagon, was 
described to the AP by Col. Stephen Twitty, commander of the 4th Brigade, 1st 
Cavalry, in a telephone interview Tuesday. It was confirmed by three other 
officials in Iraq, including Lt. Col. Michael Donnelly, chief spokesman for the 
commanding general of U.S. forces in northern Iraq, Maj. Gen. Benjamin Mixon.
 
 The idea is to avoid vacating a contested area, like Diyala, which is northeast 
of Baghdad, while beginning Bush's announced reduction of at least 21,500 
troops, of which 17,000 were sent to the Baghdad area last spring.
 
 The shift in Diyala in December could be a model for follow-on reductions next 
year, with a redrawing of the U.S. lines of responsibility so that a departing 
brigade has its battle space consumed by a remaining brigade. At the same time, 
Iraqi security forces would assume greater responsibility.
 
 Diyala province is a battered landscape of warring tribes, fertile valleys and 
pockets of al-Qaida fighters. The sectarian and tribal chasms are wide. 
Commanders cited signs of substantial progress in the months since thousands of 
U.S. and Iraqi forces stormed the provincial capital of Baqouba in June.
 
 The unit leaving in December, the 3rd Brigade of the 1st Cavalry, has been in 
Iraq since October 2006. When it leaves, the 4th Stryker Brigade of the 2nd 
Infantry Division, now in Salahuddin province, will add Diyala to its area of 
responsibility.
 
 Donnelly said that even though the number of combat brigades in Iraq will drop 
by one with the departure of the 3rd Brigade of the 1st Cavalry, the total 
number of soldiers in northern Iraq will remain almost constant. That is because 
later in December a unit arriving from Fort Hood -- the 3rd Armored Cavalry 
Regiment -- has substantially more soldiers than the unit it will replace.
 
 It is not yet clear how the rest of the five-brigade reduction will be carried 
out; the cuts are to be completed by July 2008, under a plan recommended by Gen. 
David Petraeus, the top commander in Iraq, and announced by Bush in September. 
It probably will include some fresh reductions in the western province of Anbar, 
where insurgent violence has declined substantially this year.
 
 When Bush announced on Sept. 13 that security in Iraq had improved enough to 
permit the withdrawal of five brigades between December and next July, 
commanders said they had not yet figured out how it would be done. The 
reductions will shrink the U.S. force from 20 combat brigades to 15, which is 
the total that prevailed before Bush decided in January to add five brigades as 
the centerpiece of a new strategy designed to tamp down sectarian violence 
mainly in Baghdad.
 
 The 4th Stryker Brigade that will expand its battle space into Diyala province 
is one of those five so-called surge brigades. It got to Iraq in April and is 
scheduled to remain until July 2008.
 
 In remarks at the Pentagon on Tuesday, Lt. Gen. Carter Ham, the chief of 
operations for the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said the pace at which the five Army 
brigades are withdrawn ''isn't mechanical'' and will be slowed or accelerated 
depending on commanders' assessment of security progress.
 
 ''It isn't that once it's in motion it will proceed apace -- it could, that is 
the plan,'' Ham said. ''But at each step along the way commanders will make an 
assessment: Can we go faster? Do we need to go slower?''
 
 Twitty, commander of the 4th Brigade, 1st Cavalry, in Ninevah province in 
northwestern Iraq said he believes it would be premature to reduce forces in 
Ninevah despite an improving capability in the Iraqi army.
 
 ''I would be hesitant to reduce from where we are now, and I'll tell you the 
reason why,'' Twitty said. ''We are focused very heavily on fighting al-Qaida 
here in Iraq and we have taken the fight to al Qaida over the past several 
months. I think we need to continue that pressure here.''
    
Iraq Drawdown to Begin in Volatile Area, NYT, 17.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq-Military.html            
Ex-Commander Says Iraq Effort Is ‘a Nightmare’   October 13, 
2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD
   WASHINGTON, 
Oct. 12 — In a sweeping indictment of the four-year effort in Iraq, the former 
top commander of American forces there called the Bush administration’s handling 
of the war “incompetent” and said the result was “a nightmare with no end in 
sight.” 
 Lt. Gen. Ricardo S. Sanchez, who retired in 2006 after being replaced in Iraq 
after the Abu Ghraib prisoner abuse scandal, blamed the Bush administration for 
a “catastrophically flawed, unrealistically optimistic war plan” and denounced 
the current addition of American forces as a “desperate” move that would not 
achieve long-term stability.
 
 “After more than four years of fighting, America continues its desperate 
struggle in Iraq without any concerted effort to devise a strategy that will 
achieve victory in that war-torn country or in the greater conflict against 
extremism,” General Sanchez said at a gathering of military reporters and 
editors in Arlington, Va.
 
 He is the most senior war commander of a string of retired officers who have 
harshly criticized the administration’s conduct of the war. While much of the 
previous condemnation has been focused on the role of former Defense Secretary 
Donald H. Rumsfeld, General Sanchez’s was an unusually broad attack on the 
overall course of the war.
 
 But his own role as commander in Iraq during the Abu Ghraib scandal leaves him 
vulnerable to criticism that he is shifting the blame from himself to the 
administration that ultimately replaced him and declined to nominate him for a 
fourth star, forcing his retirement.
 
 Though he was cleared of wrongdoing in the abuses after an inquiry by the Army’s 
inspector general, General Sanchez became a symbol — with civilian officials 
like L. Paul Bremer III, the head of the Coalition Provisional Authority — of 
ineffective American leadership early in the occupation.
 
 General Sanchez said he was convinced that the American effort in Iraq was 
failing the day after he took command, in June 2003. Asked why he waited until 
nearly a year after his retirement to voice his concerns publicly, he responded 
that it was not the place of active-duty officers to challenge lawful orders 
from the civilian authorities.
 
 General Sanchez, who is said to be considering writing a book, promised further 
public statements criticizing officials by name.
 
 “There has been a glaring and unfortunate display of incompetent strategic 
leadership within our national leaders,” he said, adding that civilian officials 
have been “derelict in their duties” and guilty of a “lust for power.”
 
 White House officials would not comment directly on General Sanchez’s remarks. 
“We appreciate his service to the country,” said Kate Starr, a White House 
spokeswoman.
 
 She noted that Gen. David H. Petraeus, the current top commander in Iraq, and 
Ryan C. Crocker, the American ambassador to Baghdad, said in their testimony to 
Congress last month that “there’s more work to be done, but progress is being 
made in Iraq. And that’s what we’re focused on now.”
 
 General Sanchez has been criticized by some current and retired officers for 
failing to recognize the growing insurgency in Iraq during his year in command 
and for failing to put together a plan to unify the disparate military effort, a 
task that was finally carried out when his successor, Gen. George W. Casey Jr., 
took over in mid-2004.
 
 General Sanchez included the military and himself among those who made mistakes 
in Iraq, citing a failure by top commanders to insist on a better post-invasion 
stabilization plan. He offered a tepid compliment to General Petraeus. The 
general, he said, could use American troops to gain time in Iraq but could not 
achieve lasting results.
 
 Michael E. O’Hanlon, a military analyst at the Brookings Institution, criticized 
General Sanchez for implying in his speech that the current military strategy of 
relying on additional troops and on protecting the Iraqi people is little 
different than the strategy employed when he was in command.
 
 Noting that calls by members of Congress for troops were rebuffed by the Bush 
administration in 2003, Mr. O’Hanlon said, “Sanchez was one of the top military 
people who condoned that, if not directly, then by his silence.”
 
 General Sanchez’s main criticism was leveled at the Bush administration, which 
he said failed to mobilize the entire United States government, not just the 
military, to contribute meaningfully to reconstructing and stabilizing Iraq.
 
 “National leadership continues to believe that victory can be achieved by 
military power alone,” he said. “Continued manipulations and adjustments to our 
military strategy will not achieve victory. The best we can do with this flawed 
approach is stave off defeat.”
 
 Asked after his remarks what strategy he favored, General Sanchez ticked off a 
series of steps—from promoting reconciliation among Iraq’s warring sectarian 
factions to building effective Iraqi army and police units — that closely 
paralleled the list of tasks frequently cited by the Bush administration as the 
pillars of the current strategy.
 
 General Sanchez, now a Pentagon consultant who trains active-duty generals, said 
the administration’s biggest failure had been its lack of a detailed strategy 
for achieving those steps and “synchronizing” the military and civilian 
contributions.
 
 “The administration, Congress and the entire inter-agency, especially the State 
Department, must shoulder responsibility for the catastrophic failure, and the 
American people must hold them accountable,” he said.
 
 His talk on Friday at the annual convention of the Military Reporters and 
Editors Association was not the first time that General Sanchez has been 
critical of the administration.
 
 He said in an interview in June with Agence France-Presse that the best the 
United States could achieve in Iraq would be stalemate. And he drew a standing 
ovation at a gathering of veterans last month when he argued that the country’s 
problems in Iraq were the result of a “crisis in national political leadership.”
 
 Though General Sanchez remained on active duty after leaving Iraq in 2004, he 
never received a fourth star, in part because, though he was popular with Mr. 
Rumsfeld, the Bush administration feared that his nomination hearings in the 
Senate would turn into a bitter partisan fight and a public replay of the 
details of the Abu Ghraib scandal.
    
Ex-Commander Says Iraq Effort Is ‘a Nightmare’, NYT, 
13.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/13/washington/13general.html            At Army 
Base, Officers Are Split Over War   October 13, 
2007The New York Times
 By ELISABETH BUMILLER
   FORT 
LEAVENWORTH, Kan. — Here in this Western outpost that serves as the intellectual 
center of the United States Army, two elite officers were deep in debate at 
lunch on a recent day over who bore more responsibility for mistakes in Iraq — 
the former defense secretary, Donald H. Rumsfeld, or the generals who acquiesced 
to him.
 “The secretary of defense is an easy target,” argued one of the officers, Maj. 
Kareem P. Montague, 34, a Harvard graduate and a commander in the Third Infantry 
Division that was the first to reach Baghdad in the 2003 invasion. “It’s easy to 
pick on the political appointee.”
 
 “But he’s the one that’s responsible,” retorted Maj. Michael J. Zinno, 40, a 
military planner who worked at the headquarters of the Coalitional Provisional 
Authority, the former American civilian administration in Iraq.
 
 No, Major Montague shot back, it was more complicated: the Joint Chiefs of Staff 
and the top commanders were part of the decision to send in a small invasion 
force and not enough troops for the occupation. Only Gen. Eric K. Shinseki, the 
Army chief of staff who was sidelined after he told Congress that it would take 
several hundred thousand troops in Iraq, spoke up in public.
 
 “You didn’t hear any of them at the time, other than General Shinseki, 
screaming, saying that this was untenable,” Major Montague said.
 
 As the war grinds through its fifth year, Fort Leavenworth has become a front 
line in the military’s tension and soul-searching over Iraq. Here on the bluffs 
above the Missouri River rising young officers are on a different kind of 
journey — an outspoken re-examination of their role in Iraq.
 
 Discussions between a New York Times reporter and dozens of young majors in five 
Leavenworth classrooms over two days — all unusual for their frankness in an 
Army that has traditionally presented a facade of solidarity to the outside 
world — showed a divide in opinion. Officers were split over whether Mr. 
Rumsfeld, the military leaders or both deserved blame for what they said were 
the major errors in the war: sending in a small invasion force and failing to 
plan properly for the occupation.
 
 But the consensus was that not even after Vietnam was the Army’s internal 
criticism as harsh or the second-guessing so painful, and that airing the 
arguments on the record, as sanctioned by Leavenworth’s senior commanders, was 
part of a concerted effort to force change.
 
 “You spend your whole career worrying about the safety of soldiers — let’s do 
the training right so no one gets injured, let’s make sure no one gets killed, 
and then you deploy and you’re attending memorial services for 19-year-olds,” 
said Maj. Niave Knell, 37, who worked in Baghdad to set up an Iraqi highway 
patrol. “And you have to think about what you did.”
 
 On one level, second-guessing is institutionalized at Leavenworth, home to the 
Combined Arms Center, a sprawling Army research center that includes the Command 
and General Staff College for midcareer officers, the School of Advanced 
Military Studies for the most elite and the Center for Army Lessons Learned, 
which collects and disseminates battlefield data. (The center publishes a 
handbook for soldiers with strategies to help keep them alive for their first 
100 days in combat, a response to the high percentage who died in their early 
months in Iraq.)
 
 At Leavenworth, officers study Napoleon’s battle plans and Lt. William Calley’s 
mistakes in the My Lai massacre in Vietnam. Last year Gen. David H. Petraeus, 
now the top American commander in Iraq, wrote the Army and Marine Corps’ new 
Counterinsurgency Field Manual there. The goal at Leavenworth is to adapt the 
Army to the changing battlefield without repeating the mistakes of the past.
 
 But senior officers say that much of the professional second-guessing has become 
an emotional exercise for young officers. “Many of them have been affected by 
people they know who died over there,” said Maj. Gen. William B. Caldwell IV, 
the Leavenworth commander and the former top spokesman for the American military 
in Iraq. Unlike the 1991 Persian Gulf war and the conflicts in the Balkans and 
even Somalia, General Caldwell said, “we just never experienced the loss of life 
like we have here. And when that happens, it becomes very personal. You want to 
believe that there’s no question your cause is just and that it has the 
potential to succeed.”
 
 Much of the debate at the school has centered on a scathing article, “A Failure 
in Generalship,” written last May for Armed Forces Journal by Lt. Col. Paul 
Yingling, an Iraq veteran and deputy commander of the Third Armored Cavalry 
Regiment who holds a master’s degree in political science from the University of 
Chicago. “If the general remains silent while the statesman commits a nation to 
war with insufficient means, he shares culpability for the results,” Colonel 
Yingling wrote.
 
 The article has been required class reading at Leavenworth, where young officers 
debate whether Colonel Yingling was right to question senior commanders who sent 
junior officers into battle with so few troops.
 
 “Where I was standing on the street corner, at the 14th of July Bridge, yeah, 
another brigade there would have been great,” said Maj. Jeffrey H. Powell, 37, a 
company commander who was referring to the bridge in Baghdad he helped secure 
during the early days of the war.
 
 Major Powell, who was speaking in a class at the School for Advanced Military 
Studies, has read many of the Iraq books describing the private disagreements 
over troop levels between Mr. Rumsfeld and the top commanders, who worried that 
the numbers were too low but went along in the end.
 
 “Sure, I’m a human being, I question the decision-making process,” Major Powell 
said. Nonetheless, he said, “we don’t get to sit on the top of the turrets of 
our tanks and complain that nobody planned for this. Our job is to fix it.”
 
 Discussions nonetheless focused on where young officers might draw a “red line,” 
the point at which they would defy a command from the civilians — the president 
and the defense secretary — who lead the military.
 
 “We have an obligation that if our civilian leaders give us an order, unless it 
is illegal, immoral or unethical, then we’re supposed to execute it, and to not 
do so would be considered insubordinate,” said Major Timothy Jacobsen, another 
student. “How do you define what is truly illegal, immoral or unethical? At what 
point do you cross that threshold where this is no longer right, I need to raise 
my hand or resign or go to the media?”General Caldwell, who was the top military 
aide from 2002 to 2004 to the deputy defense secretary at the time, Paul 
Wolfowitz, an architect of the Iraq war, would not talk about the meetings he 
had with Mr. Wolfowitz about the battle plans at the time. “We did have those 
discussions, and he would engage me on different things, but I’d feel very 
uncomfortable talking,” General Caldwell said.
 
 Col. Gregory Fontenot, a Leavenworth instructor, said it was typical of young 
officers to feel that the senior commanders had not spoken up for their 
interests, and that he had felt the same way when he was their age. But Colonel 
Fontenot, who commanded a battalion in the Persian Gulf war and a brigade in 
Bosnia and has since retired, said he questioned whether Americans really wanted 
a four-star general to stand up publicly and say no to the president in a nation 
where civilians control the armed forces.
 
 For the sake of argument, a question from the reporter was posed: If enough 
four-star generals had done that, would it have stopped the war?
 
 “Yeah, we’d call it a coup d’etat,” Colonel Fontenot said. “Do you want to have 
a coup d’etat? You kind of have to decide what you want. Do you like the 
Constitution, or are you so upset about the Iraq war that you’re willing to 
dismiss the Constitution in just this one instance and hopefully things will be 
O.K.? I don’t think so.”
 
 Some of the young officers were unimpressed by retired officers who spoke up 
against Mr. Rumsfeld in April 2006. The retired generals had little to lose, 
they argued, and their words would have mattered more had they been on active 
duty. “Why didn’t you do that while you were still in uniform?” Maj. James 
Hardaway, 36,asked.
 
 On the other hand, Major Hardaway said, General Shinseki had shown there was a 
great cost, at least under Mr. Rumsfeld. “Evidence shows that when you do do 
that in uniform, bad things can happen,” he said. “So, it’s sort of a dichotomy 
of, should I do the right thing, even if I get punished?”
 
 Another major said that young officers were engaged in their own revisionist 
history, and that many had believed the war could be won with Mr. Rumsfeld’s 
initial invasion force of about 170,000. “Everybody now claims, oh, I knew we 
were going to be there for five years and it was going to take 400,000 people,” 
said Maj. Patrick Proctor, 36. “Nobody wants to be the guy who said, ‘Yeah, I 
thought we could do it.’ But a lot of us did.”
 
 One question that silenced many of the officers was a simple one: Should the war 
have been fought?
 
 “I honestly don’t know how I feel about that,” Major Powell said in a telephone 
conversation last week after the discussions at Leavenworth.
 
 “That’s a big, open question,” General Caldwell said after a long pause.
    
At Army Base, Officers Are Split Over War, NYT, 
13.10.2007, 
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/13/us/13cnd-army.html?hp            U.S. 
Plans Inquiry on Strike That Killed Civilians   October 13, 
2007The New York Times
 By PAUL von ZIELBAUER
   BAGHDAD, 
Oct. 12 — The American military said today it was vigorously investigating a 
Thursday evening air strike on a stronghold of senior insurgent leaders 
northwest of Baghdad also killed nine children and six women, one of the highest 
tolls to result from a single American military action since the beginning of 
the Iraq war. 
 Rear Adm. Greg Smith, an American military spokesman here, said the killings 
were “absolutely regrettable,” but blamed the enemy fighters for engaging 
American forces while using civilians as a shield.
 
 “We do not target civilians,” the admiral said in an interview today. “But when 
our forces are fired upon, as they are routinely, then they have no option but 
to return fire.”
 
 The air strike, near Lake Tharthar, a Sunni Arab region about 75 northwest of 
Baghdad, killed 19 senior-level insurgents with ties to al Qaeda in Mesopotamia 
after insurgents first fired on a unit of American soldiers approaching a 
residential structure.
 
 “A ground element came under fire from that building that we had to neutralize,” 
Admiral Smith said. Nineteen insurgents were reported killed. It was not clear 
on Friday whether American commanders knew so many civilians were in or near the 
structure when they authorized the air strike on it.
 
 “The enemy has a vote here,” Admiral Smith said, “and when he chooses to 
surround himself with civilians and then fire upon U.S. forces, our forces have 
no choice but to return a commensurate amount of fire. Which is what they did 
last evening.”
 
 The civilian deaths, on the eve of the Id al-Fitr holiday to celebrate the end 
of Ramadan, came at a time of extreme sensitivity among Iraqi and American 
officials here to the mistaken or inadvertent killing of noncombatants by 
American military and private security forces.
 
 Also on Friday, a suicide bomber pushing a candy cart into a playground in the 
northern town of Tuz Khormato Friday morning killed one 8-year-old boy and 
wounded 23 others, a senior police official said. A security guard, whose child 
was playing in the park, was also killed after he tried to subdue the bomber as 
he entered the playground, said Lt. Col. Abbas Mohammad, the city’s police 
chief.
 
 Colonel Mohammad identified the guard as Abbas Sameen, 35, the father of three 
children. He said the boy killed was Qasem Hasan Ismael.
 
 Friday was a national holiday, when Sunni Arab Muslims broke fast to celebrate 
the end of the Muslim holy month of Ramadan. As is custom, the children in Tuz 
Khormato, a religiously mixed city of Sunnis, Shiite, Turkmen and Kurdish 
residents, were playing in a temporary playground — in a lot usually reserved 
for truck parking — filled with temporary carnival rides and confection booths.
 
 Mudhafer al-Husaini contributed reporting from Baghdad and an Iraqi stringer 
from Kirkuk.
    
U.S. Plans Inquiry on Strike That Killed Civilians, NYT, 
13.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/13/world/middleeast/13iraq.html            Marines 
Press to Remove Their Forces From Iraq   October 11, 
2007The New York Times
 By THOM SHANKER
   WASHINGTON, 
Oct. 10 — The Marine Corps is pressing to remove its forces from Iraq and to 
send marines instead to Afghanistan, to take over the leading role in combat 
there, according to senior military and Pentagon officials.
 The idea by the Marine Corps commandant would effectively leave the Iraq war in 
the hands of the Army while giving the Marines a prominent new role in 
Afghanistan, under overall NATO command.
 
 The suggestion was raised in a session last week convened by Defense Secretary 
Robert M. Gates for the Joint Chiefs of Staff and regional war-fighting 
commanders. While still under review, its supporters, including some in the 
Army, argue that a realignment could allow the Army and Marines each to operate 
more efficiently in sustaining troop levels for two wars that have put a strain 
on their forces.
 
 As described by officials who had been briefed on the closed-door discussion, 
the idea represents the first tangible new thinking to emerge since the White 
House last month endorsed a plan to begin gradual troop withdrawals from Iraq, 
but also signals that American forces likely will be in Iraq for years to come.
 
 At the moment, there are no major Marine units among the 26,000 or so American 
forces in Afghanistan. In Iraq there are about 25,000 marines among the 160,000 
American troops there.
 
 It is not clear exactly how many of the marines in Iraq would be moved over. But 
the plan would require a major reshuffling, and it would make marines the 
dominant American force in Afghanistan, in a war that has broader public support 
than the one in Iraq.
 
 Mr. Gates and Adm. Mike Mullen, the new chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 
have not spoken publicly about the Marine concept, and aides to both officials 
said no formal proposal had been presented by the Marines. But the idea has been 
the focus of intense discussions between senior Marine Corps officers and other 
officials within the Defense Department.
 
 It is not clear whether the Army would support the idea. But some officials 
sympathetic to the Army said that such a realignment would help ease some 
pressure on the Army, by allowing it to shift forces from Afghanistan into Iraq, 
and by simplifying planning for future troop rotations.
 
 The Marine proposal could also face resistance from the Air Force, whose current 
role in providing combat aircraft for Afghanistan could be squeezed if the 
overall mission was handed to the Marines. Unlike the Army, the Marines would 
bring a significant force of combat aircraft to that conflict.
 
 Whether the Marine proposal takes hold, the most delicate counterterrorism 
missions in Afghanistan, including the hunt for forces of Al Qaeda and the 
Taliban, would remain the job of a military task force that draws on Army, Navy 
and Air Force Special Operations units.
 
 Military officials say the Marine proposal is also an early indication of 
jockeying among the four armed services for a place in combat missions in years 
to come. “At the end of the day, this could be decided by parochialism, and 
making sure each service does not lose equity, as much as on how best to manage 
the risk of force levels for Iraq and Afghanistan,” said one Pentagon planner.
 
 Tensions over how to divide future budgets have begun to resurface across the 
military because of apprehension that Congressional support for large increases 
in defense spending seen since the Sept. 11 attacks will diminish, leaving the 
services to compete for money.
 
 Those traditional turf battles have subsided somewhat given the overwhelming 
demands of waging two simultaneous wars — and because Pentagon budgets reached 
new heights.
 
 Last week, the Senate approved a $459 billion Pentagon spending bill, an 
increase of $43 billion, or more than 10 percent over the last budget. That bill 
did not include, as part of a separate bill, President Bush’s request for almost 
$190 billion for operations in Iraq and Afghanistan.
 
 Senior officials briefed on the Marine Corps concept said the new idea went 
beyond simply drawing clearer lines about who was in charge of providing combat 
personnel, war-fighting equipment and supplies to the two war zones.
 
 They said it would allow the Marines to carry out the Afghan mission in a way 
the Army cannot, by deploying as an integrated Marine Corps task force that 
included combat aircraft as well as infantry and armored vehicles, while the 
Army must rely on the Air Force.
 
 The Marine Corps concept was raised last week during a Defense Senior Leadership 
Conference convened by Mr. Gates just hours after Admiral Mullen was sworn in as 
chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.
 
 During that session, the idea of assigning the Afghan mission to the Marines was 
described by Gen. James T. Conway, the Marine Corps commandant. Details of the 
discussion were provided by military officers and Pentagon civilian officials 
briefed on the session and who requested anonymity to summarize portions of the 
private talks.
 
 The Marine Corps has recently played the leading combat role in Anbar Province, 
the restive Sunni area west of Baghdad.
 
 Gen. David H. Petraeus, the senior Army officer in Iraq, and his No. 2 
commander, Lt. Gen. Raymond T. Odierno, also of the Army, have described Anbar 
Province as a significant success story, with local tribal leaders joining the 
fight against terrorists.
 
 Both generals strongly hint that if the security situation in Anbar holds 
steady, then reductions of American forces can be expected in the province, 
which could free up Marine units to move elsewhere.
 
 In recent years, the emphasis by the Pentagon has been on joint operations that 
blur the lines between the military services, but there is also considerable 
precedent for geographic divisions in their duties. For much of the Vietnam War, 
responsibility was divided region by region between the Army and the Marines. As 
described by military planners, the Marine proposal would allow Marine units 
moved to Afghanistan to take over the tasks now performed by an Army 
headquarters unit and two brigade combat teams operating in eastern Afghanistan.
 
 That would ease the strain on the Army and allow it to focus on managing overall 
troop numbers for Iraq, as well as movements of forces inside the country as 
required by commanders to meet emerging threats.
 
 The American military prides itself on the ability to go to war as a “joint 
force,” with all of the armed services intermixed on the battlefield — vastly 
different from past wars when more primitive communications required separate 
ground units to fight within narrowly defined lanes to make sure they did not 
cross into the fire of friendly forces.
 
 The Marine Corps is designed to fight with other services — it is based overseas 
aboard Navy ships and is intertwined with the Army in Iraq. At the same time, 
the Marines also are designed to be an agile, “expeditionary” force on call for 
quick deployment, and thus can go to war with everything needed to carry out the 
mission — troops, armor, attack jets and supplies.
 
 General Petraeus is due to report back to Congress by March on his troop 
requirements beyond the summer. His request for forces will be analyzed by the 
military’s Central Command, which oversees combat missions across the Middle 
East and Southwest Asia, and by the Joint Staff at the Pentagon. All troop 
deployment orders must be approved by Mr. Gates, with the separate armed 
services then assigned to supply specific numbers of troops and equipment.
 
 Marines train to fight in what is called a Marine Air-Ground Task Force. That 
term refers to a Marine deployment that arrives in a combat zone complete with 
its own headquarters, infantry combat troops, armored and transport vehicles and 
attack jets for close-air support, as well as logistics and support personnel.
 
 “This is not about trading one ground war for another,” said one Pentagon 
official briefed on the Marine concept. “It is about the nature of the fight in 
Afghanistan, and figuring out whether the Afghan mission lends itself more 
readily to the integrated MAGTF deployment than even Iraq.”
    
Marines Press to Remove Their Forces From Iraq, NYT, 
11.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/11/washington/11military.html?hp           Iraq 
Says Security Firm Kills 2 Women   October 9, 
2007Filed at 12:24 p.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Guards in a security convoy opened fire on a car at an intersection in 
central Baghdad on Tuesday, killing two Christian women, police said. 
Separately, suicide car bombings targeting a local police chief and a Sunni 
sheik working with U.S. forces killed at least 19 people.
 Across Iraq, violence claimed the lives of at least 44 people.
 
 Police and witnesses could not immediately give more details about the gunmen in 
Baghdad except to say they were in a convoy of four SUVs commonly used by 
private security companies and the Iraqi Ministry of Interior.
 
 Blackwater USA denied any involvement in Tuesday's deaths, which threatened to 
increase calls for limits on the security firms that mounted after the Sept. 16 
shooting deaths of as many as 17 Iraqi civilians allegedly that company's 
guards. In that case, the American security company said its employees were 
acting in self-defense.
 
 The women were in a white car that drove into the Masbah intersection in the 
central Karradah district as the convoy of three white and one gray SUVs was 
stopped about 100 yards away, according to a policeman who witnessed the 
shooting from a nearby checkpoint.
 
 The men in the SUVs threw a smoke bomb in an apparent bid to warn the car 
against coming forward, said Riyadh Majid, the policeman. The woman driving the 
car tried to stop, but was killed along with the passenger when two of the 
guards in the convoy opened fire, Majid said.
 
 The pavement where the attack occurred was stained with blood and covered with 
shattered glass from the car windows.
 
 He said the convoy then raced away and Iraqi police came to collect the bodies 
and tow the car to the local police station.
 
 Another policeman, who spoke on condition of anonymity because he feared 
retribution, said the guards were masked and wearing khaki uniforms. He said one 
of them left the vehicle and started to shoot at the car while another opened 
fire from the open back door of a separate SUV.
 
 The victims were identified by relatives and police as Marou Awanis, born in 
1959, as Geneva Jalal, born in 1977.
 
 ''These are innocent people killed by people who have no heart or consciousness. 
The Iraqi people have no value to them,'' said a man who was part of a group of 
relatives gathered with a Christian priest at the local police station.
 
 The man said Awanis had three daughters. ''Who will now raise the girls? They 
are now motherless,'' he said.
 
 Awanis' sister-in-law, Anahet Bougous, said the woman was using her car to taxi 
government employees to work to help raise money for her three daughters.
 
 ''May God take revenge on those killers,'' Bougous said, crying outside the 
police station. ''Now, who is going to raise them?''
 
 The nearly simultaneous attacks in Beiji were the deadliest in a series of 
bombings in recent days as the terror network apparently steps up its promised 
Ramadan offensive as the end of the Islamic holy month draws near.
 
 The attackers in the oil hub 155 miles north of Baghdad drove a minibus laden 
with explosives into the house of a local police chief and detonated an 
explosives-packed Toyota Land Cruiser outside the home of a leading member of 
the local Awakening Council, a group of Iraqis who have turned against 
extremists in the area.
 
 A Sunni mosque about 100 yards away from the police chief's house was damaged 
and three of its guards were among at least 19 people killed, according to 
police and hospital officials.
 
 Iraqi officials, who spoke on condition of anonymity because they were not 
authorized to release the information, said the police chief, Col. Saad 
al-Nifoos, and the Sunni tribal official, Sheik Hamad al-Jibouri, survived.
 
 The U.S. military said the targeted Awakening Council leader was Samir Ibrahim, 
not Sheik Hamad. It also said Ibrahim and the police chief had survived.
 
 Saleh Jassim Moussa said two of his relatives from the neighborhood were killed.
 
 The force of the blast was so strong, it shattered all the windows and ripped 
the doors from their frames in his home, only 100 yards away from the first 
explosion.
 
 ''It was a really huge explosion, we panicked and ran out but for minutes, we 
couldn't see anything because of the heavy smoke,'' said Moussa, 38, a 
government employee, who was reached by phone. ''We're still digging through the 
rubble, looking for others.''
 
 Beiji is in the Sunni province of Salahuddin, which along with the vast Anbar 
province to the west is part of Iraq's Sunni heartland. The heartland has been 
the home base for the Sunni-led insurgency, but the U.S. military has cited 
recent success in getting local tribal leaders to join forces against the terror 
network.
 
 ''This is yet another failed attempt to break the will of the Iraqi people who 
just want to go on with their lives without violence, raise their children, earn 
a living and coexist together in a peaceful manner,'' said Lt. Col. Michael O. 
Donnelly, military spokesman for northern Iraq.
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press writers Katarina Kratovac and Sameer N. Yacoub contributed to 
this story.
    
Iraq Says Security Firm Kills 2 Women, NYT, 9.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html            Opening 
of US Embassy in Iraq Delayed   October 5, 
2007Filed at 2:39 a.m. ET
 By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- The opening of a mammoth, $600 million U.S. Embassy in Baghdad, which 
had been planned for last month, has now been delayed well into next year, U.S. 
officials said Thursday. The Vatican-sized compound, which will be the world's 
largest diplomatic mission, has been beset by construction and logistical 
problems.
 ''They are substantially behind at this point,'' and it would be surprising if 
any offices or living quarters could be occupied before the end of the year, one 
official told The Associated Press.
 
 Problems identified so far are related to the complex's physical plant, 
including electrical systems, and do not pose a security risk, said the 
official, who was not authorized to speak publicly.
 
 The official also said the delays would have no direct cost to taxpayers because 
contractor First Kuwaiti General Trading & Contracting Co. had agreed to deliver 
for a set $592 million price.
 
 That official, and another who works in Iraq, said it had been clear for some 
time that the promised September completion date could not be met and that State 
Department officials had been overly optimistic in insisting the timeline was 
realistic.
 
 State Department spokesmen have in the past played down construction problems at 
the embassy and attributed them to the normal hurdles faced in building such a 
large complex.
 
 Deputy spokesman Tom Casey said Thursday he was not aware of any new major delay 
in the opening of the embassy that will sit on a 104-acre site and have working 
space for about 1,000 people.
 
 The U.S. official said the complex was supposed to be substantially completed in 
August. The first move of offices or personnel from temporary quarters in the 
fortified Green Zone had been planned for this fall.
 
 Embassy employees have been working and living in a makeshift complex in and 
around a Saddam-era palace that the Iraqis have said they want back quickly.
 
 The temporary quarters are cramped and increasingly dangerous. Many employees 
live in trailers that are not fully protected from mortars fired from outside 
the Green Zone.
 
 Insurgents have gotten better at firing into the heavily guarded zone in attacks 
this year have killed several people. The new complex is supposed to be safer, 
with additional blast walls and other protection.
 
 In a letter sent to Deputy Secretary of State John Negroponte on Thursday, Rep. 
Tom Lantos, D-Calif., chairman of the House International Relations Committee, 
demanded explanations for what was holding up the project.
 
 ''I am writing to express my serious concern that our new embassy compound in 
Iraq is apparently facing significant contractor deficiencies that will delay 
its opening for weeks or even months past its promised delivery date of 
September 2007,'' Lantos wrote.
 
 ''These delays and deficiencies undermine the security and the living standards 
of the almost 1,000 foreign service officers and other embassy staff that will 
be housed at the Baghdad embassy, and they raise serious concerns about 
Department of State contracting for new embassy construction in other locations 
as well,'' he said.
 
 Lantos noted that his committee had been assured on numerous occasions by State 
Department officials, notably by retired Army Maj. Gen. Charles Williams, who 
oversees embassy construction projects around the world, that the construction 
would be completed on time.
 
 ''Why was the committee assured as late as August that the embassy would open on 
time when these obviously significant defects existed?'' he asked.
 
 Casey, the deputy spokesman, could not say if Negroponte had seen Lantos' 
letter.
 
 Another influential lawmaker, Rep. Henry Waxman, D-Calif., chairman of the House 
Oversight and Governmental Reform Committee, has harshly criticized the State 
Department and its inspector general for failing to follow up on allegations of 
malfeasance and fraud by the embassy contractors.
 
 The new questions come as the department is struggling to deal with the furor 
over a Sept. 16 incident in which private security guards protecting an embassy 
convoy were involved in a shooting in Baghdad.
 
 At least 13 Iraqi civilians were killed in the incident, which has sparked Iraqi 
anger and prompted several separate investigations into not only the shooting, 
but the State Department's security practices and reliance on private 
contractors in Iraq.
    
Opening of US Embassy in Iraq Delayed, NYT, 5.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq-Embassy.html            U.S. 
Says It Kills 25 in Iraq Gun Battle   October 5, 
2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 2:53 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- U.S. forces killed at least 25 members of a rogue Shiite militia in a 
heavy firefight early Friday, the military said.
 The troops were targeting a militia commander believed to be associated with 
members of the Iranian Revolutionary Guards' Quds Force and responsible for 
moving weapons from Iran into Baghdad, the military said.
 
 A group of men opened fire on the U.S. soldiers with assault rifles, 
rocket-propelled grenades, and at least one man was carrying what appeared to be 
an anti-aircraft weapon, the military said. Two buildings were destroyed and at 
least 25 people were killed in the ensuing battle.
 
 U.S. aircraft repeatedly bombed the Shiite section of Khalis, about 50 miles 
north of Baghdad, according to an Iraqi army official who spoke on condition of 
anonymity because he was not authorized to release the information. At least 17 
were killed, 27 were wounded and eight others were missing, he said.
 
 He said civilians were killed when they rushed out to help those hurt in the 
initial bombing. The U.S. military did not immediately respond to a request for 
comment.
 
 The town's mayor said the U.S. military targeted areas built up by locals to 
protect their Shiite neighborhood against attacks by al-Qaida gunmen.
 
 ''These places came under attack by American airstrikes,'' said Khalis Mayor 
Oday al-Khadran.
 
 Since launching a Baghdad security crackdown more than seven months ago, U.S. 
troops have increasingly engaged groups that splintered off the country's most 
powerful Shiite militia, the Mahdi Army.
 
 The Mahdi Army is nominally loyal to the radical cleric Muqtada al-Sadr, who in 
August ordered a temporary freeze on his followers' activities -- including 
attacks on U.S. troops.
 
 The U.S. military describes the splinter factions as ''extremist'' or 
''criminal'' militiamen.
 
 ''We continue to support the government of Iraq in welcoming the commitment by 
Muqtada al-Sadr to stop attacks and we will continue to show restraint in 
dealing with those who honor his pledge,'' Maj. Anton Alston, a U.S. military 
spokesman, said Friday. ''We will not show the same restraint against those 
criminals who dishonor this pledge by attacking security forces and Iraqi 
citizens.''
    
U.S. Says It Kills 25 in Iraq Gun Battle, NYT, 5.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq-Firefight.html            Drop in 
Violence in Iraq Reported   October 1, 
2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 10:21 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Deaths among American forces and Iraqi civilians fell dramatically last 
month to their lowest levels in more than a year, according to figures compiled 
by the U.S. military, the Iraqi government and The Associated Press.
 The decline signaled a U.S. success in bringing down violence in Baghdad and 
surrounding regions since Washington completed its infusion of 30,000 more 
troops on June 15.
 
 A total of 64 American forces died in September -- the lowest monthly toll since 
July 2006.
 
 The decline in Iraqi civilian deaths was even more dramatic, falling from 1,975 
in August to 922 last month, a decline of 53.3 percent. The breakdown in 
September was 844 civilians and 78 police and Iraqi soldiers, according to 
Iraq's ministries of Health, Interior and Defense.
 
 In August, AP figures showed 1,809 civilians and 155 police and Iraqi soldiers 
were killed in sectarian violence.
 
 The civilian death toll has not been so low since June 2006, when 847 Iraqis 
died.
 
 ''There is no silver bullet or one thing that equates as a reason to the drop in 
Iraqi and Coalition casualties and deaths,'' said Col. Steven Boylan, spokesman 
for U.S. commander Gen. David Petraeus.
 
 But he credited increased U.S. troop strength, saying that has allowed American 
forces to step up operations against al-Qaida in Iraq.
 
 In violence Monday, a suicide car bomber detonated his explosives just outside 
the gates of Mosul University, killing an agriculture professor, said police 
spokesman Abdul Karim al-Jbouri said. Less than an hour later, police found a 
second bomb in an empty car nearby and safely detonated it.
 
 Over the weekend, U.S. and Iraqi forces killed more than 60 insurgent and 
militia fighters in intense battles, with most of the casualties believed to 
have been al-Qaida militants, officials said.
 
 U.S. aircraft killed more than 20 al-Qaida in Iraq fighters who opened fire on 
an American air patrol northwest of Baghdad, the U.S. command said Sunday.
 
 The firefight between U.S. aircraft and the insurgent fighters occurred Saturday 
after the aircraft observed about 25 people carrying AK-47 assault rifles -- one 
brandishing a rocket-propelled grenade -- into a palm grove, the military said.
 
 ''Shortly after spotting the men, the aircraft were fired upon by the insurgent 
fighters,'' it said.
 
 The command said more than 20 of the group were killed and four vehicles were 
destroyed. No Iraqi civilians or U.S. soldiers were hurt.
 
 Iraq's Defense Ministry said in an e-mail Sunday that Iraqi soldiers had killed 
44 ''terrorists'' over the past 24 hours. The operations were centered in 
Salahuddin and Diyala provinces and around the city of Kirkuk, where the 
ministry said its soldiers had killed 40 and arrested eight. It said 52 fighters 
were arrested altogether.
 
 The ministry did not further identify those killed, but use of the word 
''terrorists'' normally indicates al-Qaida.
 
 The U.S. Embassy, meanwhile, joined a broad swath of Iraqi politicians -- both 
Shiite and Sunni -- in criticizing a nonbinding U.S. Senate resolution seen here 
as a recipe for splitting the country along sectarian and ethnic lines.
 
 The Senate resolution, adopted last week, proposed reshaping Iraq according to 
three sectarian or ethnic territories. It calls for a limited central government 
with the bulk of power going to the country's Shiite, Sunni or Kurdish regions, 
envisioning a power-sharing agreement similar to the one that ended the 1990s 
war in Bosnia. Senator Joseph Biden, a Democratic presidential candidate, was a 
prime sponsor.
 
 In a highly unusual, unsigned statement, the U.S. Embassy said resolution would 
seriously hamper Iraq's future stability: ''Our goal in Iraq remains the same: a 
united, democratic, federal Iraq that can govern, defend, and sustain itself.''
 
 ------
 
 AP correspondents Qassim Abdul-Zahra, Katarina Kratovac and Kim Curtis 
contributed to this report.
    
Drop in Violence in Iraq Reported, NYT, 1.10.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html?hp            New 
Group Boasts Big War Chest and Rising Voice   September 
30, 2007The New York Times
 By DON VAN NATTA Jr.
   Freedom’s 
Watch, a deep-pocketed conservative group led by two former senior White House 
officials, made an audacious debut in late August when it began a $15 million 
advertising campaign designed to maintain Congressional support for President 
Bush’s troop increase in Iraq.
 Founded this summer by a dozen wealthy conservatives, the nonprofit group is set 
apart from most advocacy groups by the immense wealth of its core group of 
benefactors, its intention to far outspend its rivals and its ambition to pursue 
a wide-ranging agenda. Its next target: Iran policy.
 
 Next month, Freedom’s Watch will sponsor a private forum of 20 experts on 
radical Islam that is expected to make the case that Iran poses a direct threat 
to the security of the United States, according to several benefactors of the 
group.
 
 Although the group declined to identify the experts, several were invited from 
the American Enterprise Institute, a Washington research group with close ties 
to the White House. Some institute scholars have advocated a more 
confrontational policy to prevent Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons, including 
keeping military action as an option.
 
 Last week, a Freedom’s Watch newspaper advertisement called President Mahmoud 
Ahmadinejad of Iran “a terrorist.” The group is considering a national 
advertising campaign focused on Iran, a senior benefactor said, though Matt S. 
David, a spokesman for the group, declined to comment on those plans.
 
 “If Hitler’s warnings were heeded when he wrote ‘Mein Kampf,’ he could have been 
stopped,” said Bradley Blakeman, 49, the president of Freedom’s Watch and a 
former deputy assistant to Mr. Bush. “Ahmadinejad is giving all the same kind of 
warning signs to us, and the region — he wants the destruction of the United 
States and the destruction of Israel.”
 
 With a forceful message and a roster of wealthy benefactors, Freedom’s Watch has 
quickly emerged from the crowded field of nonprofit advocacy groups as a 
conservative answer to the 9-year-old liberal MoveOn.org, which vehemently 
opposes the Iraq war.
 
 The idea for Freedom’s Watch was hatched in March at the winter meeting of 
Republican Jewish Coalition in Manalapan, Fla., where Vice President Dick Cheney 
was the keynote speaker, according to participants. Next week, the group is 
moving into a 10,000-square-foot office in the Chinatown section of Washington, 
with plans to employ as many as 50 people by early next year.
 
 One benefactor, who spoke on the condition of anonymity, said the group was 
hoping to raise as much as $200 million by November 2008. Raising big money 
“will be easy,” the benefactor said, adding that several of the founders each 
wrote a check for $1 million. Mr. Blakeman would not confirm or deny whether any 
donor gave $1 million, or more, to the organization.
 
 Since the group is organized as a tax-exempt organization, it does not have to 
reveal its donors and it can not engage in certain types of partisan activities 
that directly support political candidates. It denies coordinating its 
activities with the White House, although many of its donors and organizers are 
well connected to the administration, including Ari Fleischer, the former White 
House press secretary.
 
 “Ideologically, we are inspired by much of Ronald Reagan’s thinking — peace 
through strength, protect and defend America, and prosperity through free 
enterprise,” Mr. Fleischer said.
 
 Among the group’s founders are Sheldon G. Adelson, the chairman and chief 
executive of the Las Vegas Sands Corporation, who ranks sixth on the Forbes 
Magazine list of the world’s billionaires; Mel Sembler, a shopping center 
magnate based in St. Petersburg, Fla., who served as the ambassador to Italy and 
Australia; John M. Templeton Jr., the conservative philanthropist from Bryn 
Mawr, Pa.; and Anthony H. Gioia, a former ambassador to Malta who heads an 
investment group based in Buffalo, N.Y. All four men are long-time prolific 
donors who have raised money on behalf of Republican and conservative causes.
 
 For years, the group’s founders lamented MoveOn’s growing influence, derived in 
large part from its grass-roots efforts, especially on the debate about the Iraq 
war. “A bunch of us activists kept watching MoveOn and its attacks on the war, 
and it just got to be obnoxious,” said Mr. Sembler, a friend of Vice President 
Dick Cheney. “We decided we needed to do something about this, because the 
conservative side was not responding.”
 
 Mr. Sembler, who is on the board of directors of the American Enterprise 
Institute, said the impetus for Freedom’s Watch “came out of A.E.I.” last 
winter. He said that at an institute event in December 2006 he listened to 
retired Gen. Jack Keane and Frederick W. Kagan, an A.E.I. scholar, talk about 
the need for a troop increase in Iraq, a plan adopted by Mr. Bush in January. “I 
realized it was not only what we needed to do,” Mr. Sembler said, “but we needed 
to articulate this message across the country.”
 
 Mr. Sembler also said he was frustrated that he heard reports at institute 
events earlier this year that the increase was working, but that the news media 
was not reflecting the progress.
 
 Mr. Fleischer said: “After the president announced the surge, and even 
Republicans started getting nervous, there was a palpable fear among several of 
us that this fall Congress was going to cut off the funding and the Middle East 
would explode and America would likely get hit. It really wasn’t much more 
complicated than that.”
 
 Over the summer, Mr. Fleischer and the other founders recruited a president, 
choosing Mr. Blakeman, who served as a deputy assistant to the president in 
charge of scheduling and appointments. In 2000, Mr. Blakeman led the Bush-Cheney 
campaign’s public relations effort during the 36 days of the deadlocked 
election. He left the White House in January 2004.
 
 Mr. Blakeman and Mr. Fleischer said they intended to turn Freedom’s Watch into a 
permanent fixture among Washington advocacy groups, waging a “never-ending 
campaign” on an array of foreign policy and domestic issues. They also hope to 
build an active, grass-roots support network.
 
 But Eli Pariser, the executive director of MoveOn.org, which was founded in 1998 
by two Silicon Valley venture capitalists, said he doubted the group’s ability 
to meet that goal.
 
 “This is the fourth or the fifth group that intends to be the right-wing 
MoveOn,” Mr. Pariser said, naming other fledgling groups like TheVanguard.org 
and Grassfire.org. “So far, it’s not clear that this group is anything other 
than a big neoconservative slush fund. They are a White House front group with a 
few consultants who are trying to make a very unpopular position on the war 
appear more palpable.”
 
 Like Freedom’s Watch, MoveOn had its origins in an attempt by wealthy political 
donors, including George Soros, to shape the debate in Washington. MoveOn began 
shortly after the Starr report was delivered to Congress in September 1998, 
detailing accusations of perjury and obstruction of justice against President 
Bill Clinton.
 
 Already, Freedom’s Watch and MoveOn have clashed through competing 
advertisements over Gen. David H. Petraeus’s war progress report to Congress 
earlier this month.
 
 In one Freedom’s Watch ad, Sgt. John Kriesel, a National Guardsman from 
Stillwater, Minn., who lost his legs in a bomb attack near Falluja, pleads with 
Congress and the American people not to “surrender” in Iraq. As the screen shows 
a still photograph of the second hijacked plane bearing down on the burning 
World Trade Center, Sergeant Kriesel adds, “They attacked us, and they will 
again. They won’t stop in Iraq.”
 
 Several of the group’s spots suggested that Iraq, rather than Al Qaeda, was 
behind the Sept. 11 attacks, even though the independent Sept. 11 commission 
investigation and other inquiries found no evidence of Iraq’s involvement. But 
in August, when the organization rolled out the advertisement with Sergeant 
Kriesel to two focus groups in Pennsylvania, its upbeat, patriotic message was 
well received, even causing a few viewers to weep, Mr. Blakeman said.
 
 “The focus groups couldn’t tell whether it was a Republican ad or a Democratic 
ad,” he said. “It was the voice of a soldier, and that’s the message we want to 
deliver to Americans: listen to the opinions of real people.”
 
 The campaign was seen as a way to head off any momentum in Congress toward 
halting the financing for the Iraq war. The group’s advertisements, placed in 
nearly 60 Congressional districts in 23 states, targeted wavering moderate 
Republicans and conservative Democrats.
 
 Freedom’s Watch also pounced on MoveOn.org’s full-page “General Betray Us” 
advertisement published Sept. 10 in The New York Times. Mr. Bush called the 
advertisement “disgusting.” Both chambers of Congress passed resolutions 
condemning the advertisement. The New York Times was also embroiled in the 
debate after giving MoveOn a discounted price for the advertisement, which the 
newspaper later acknowledged was a mistake. MoveOn has since agreed to pay the 
difference.
 
 That advertisement, Mr. Blakeman said, “was an unexpected gift,” allowing 
Freedom’s Watch to “take the high road” and demonstrate that it is a 
“conservative voice that is not divisive.”
 
 Mr. Pariser, of MoveOn, said his group’s grass-roots membership — it claims 3.3 
million members — was the envy of Freedom’s Watch. “I think people see that 
Freedom’s Watch is a few billionaires, and not a large, mainstream 
constituency,” he said.
 
 Mr. Blakeman denied the accusation that Freedom’s Watch is a White House front 
group. “I don’t need their help,” he said of his former colleagues at the White 
House. “I don’t seek their help. And they don’t offer it.” Mr. Blakeman is a 
long-time friend of Ed Gillespie, the new counselor to Mr. Bush who succeeded 
Dan Bartlett. Mr. Blakeman said that he spoke frequently with Mr. Gillespie, but 
that they were careful not to discuss the activities of Freedom’s Watch.
 
 Mr. Fleischer said Freedom’s Watch was not coordinating with the White House and 
had an agenda beyond the Bush administration. “On Jan. 21, 2009, what will these 
critics say when we are still here, doing the same thing?” he said. “We will 
still be here after George Bush is gone.”
    
New Group Boasts Big War Chest and Rising Voice, NYT, 
29.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/30/us/politics/30watch.html?hp            Wounded 
Vets Also Suffer Financial Woes   September 
29, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 2:57 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   TEMECULA, 
Calif. (AP) -- He was one of America's first defenders on Sept. 11, 2001, a 
Marine who pulled burned bodies from the ruins of the Pentagon. He saw more 
horrors in Kuwait and Iraq.
 Today, he can't keep a job, pay his bills, or chase thoughts of suicide from his 
tortured brain. In a few weeks, he may lose his house, too.
 
 Gamal Awad, the American son of a Sudanese immigrant, exemplifies an emerging 
group of war veterans: the economic casualties.
 
 More than in past wars, many wounded troops are coming home alive from the 
Middle East. That's a triumph for military medicine. But they often return 
hobbled by prolonged physical and mental injuries from homemade bombs and the 
unremitting anxiety of fighting a hidden enemy along blurred battle lines. 
Treatment, recovery and retraining often can't be assured quickly or cheaply.
 
 These troops are just starting to seek help in large numbers, more than 185,000 
so far. But the cost of their benefits is already testing resources set aside by 
government and threatening the future of these wounded veterans for decades to 
come, say economists and veterans' groups.
 
 ''The wounded and their families no longer trust that the government will take 
care of them the way they thought they'd be taken care of,'' says veterans 
advocate Mary Ellen Salzano.
 
 How does a war veteran expect to be treated? ''As a hero,'' she says.
 
 ------
 
 Every morning, Awad needs to think of a reason not to kill himself.
 
 He can't even look at the framed photograph that shows him accepting a Marine 
heroism medal for his recovery work at the Pentagon after the terrorist attack.
 
 It might remind him of a burned woman whose skin peeled off in his hands when he 
tried to comfort her.
 
 He tries not to hear the shrieking rockets of Iraq either, smell the burning 
fuel, or relive the blast that blew him right out of bed.
 
 The memories come steamrolling back anyway.
 
 ''Nothing can turn off those things,'' he says, voice choked and eyes 
glistening.
 
 He stews alternately over suicide and finances, his $43,000 in credit card debt, 
his $4,330 in federal checks each month -- the government's compensation for his 
total disability from post-traumatic stress disorder. His flashbacks, thoughts 
of suicide, and anxiety over imagined threats -- all documented for six years in 
his military record -- keep him from working.
 
 The disability payments don't cover the $5,700-a-month cost of his adjustable 
home mortgage and equity loans. He owes more on his house than its market value, 
so he can't sell it -- but he may soon lose it to the bank.
 
 ''I love this house. It makes me feel safe,'' he says.
 
 Awad could once afford it. He used to earn $100,000 a year as a 16-year veteran 
major with a master's degree in management who excelled at logistics. Now, at 
age 38, he can't even manage his own life.
 
 There's another twist. This dedicated Marine was given a ''general'' discharge 
15 months ago for an extramarital affair with a woman, also a Marine. That's 
even though his military therapists blamed this impulsive conduct on 
post-traumatic stress aggravated by his Middle East tours.
 
 Luckily, his discharge, though not unqualifiedly honorable, left intact his 
rights to medical care and disability payments -- or he'd be in sadder shape.
 
 Divorced since developing PTSD, Awad has two daughters who live elsewhere. He 
spends much of his days hoisting weights and thwacking a punching bag in the 
dimness of his garage. He passes nights largely sleepless, a zombie shuffling 
through the bare rooms of his home in sunny California wine country.
 
 ------
 
 Few anticipated the high price of caring for Awad and other veterans with deep, 
slow-healing wounds.
 
 Afghanistan seemed quiet and Saddam Hussein still ruled Iraq one year after the 
Sept. 11 attacks. That's when the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs guaranteed 
two years of free care to returning combat veterans for virtually any medical 
condition with a possible service link.
 
 Later, few predicted such a protracted war in Iraq. ''A lot of people based 
their planning on low numbers of casualties in a very short war,'' says Paul 
Rieckhoff, an Army combat veteran who founded Iraq and Afghanistan Veterans of 
America.
 
 Also, Iraqi insurgents have relied on disfiguring bombs and bombardment as chief 
tactics. At the same time, better armor and field medicine have kept U.S. 
soldiers alive at the highest rate ever, leaving 16 wounded for every fatality, 
according to one study based on government data. The ratio was fewer than 3-to-1 
for Korea and Vietnam.
 
 On the flip side, many are returning with multiple amputations or other 
disabling injuries not completely fixed even by fancy prosthetics, methodical 
rehabilitation, and job retraining. The Pentagon counts more than 29,000 combat 
wounded in the Middle East since the terrorist attacks on New York and 
Washington. Tens of thousands more were hurt outside of combat or in ways that 
show up later.
 
 There was no mistaking the wounds of Cambodian-American Sgt. Pisey Tan. Eight 
months into his second tour in Iraq, a makeshift bomb blasted his armored 
vehicle and took both his legs.
 
 Still, Tan has needed to rely on private donations and family, as well as the 
government. The government treated him and paid for his artificial legs.
 
 But his brother, Dada, left college to live with him at a military hospital for 
almost a year. Later, his brother carried him piggyback up and down the stairs 
at home as Tan got used to his prosthetics.
 
 ''That's how our family is,'' says the Woodlyn, Pa., veteran. ''We always take 
care of our own.''
 
 The government says it does too, and with some truth. Of 1.4 million U.S. forces 
deployed for Iraq and Afghanistan, more than 185,000 have sought care from the 
VA -- a number that could easily top 700,000 eventually, predicts one academic 
analysis. The VA has already treated more than 52,000 for PTSD symptoms alone, a 
presidential commission finds.
 
 Veteran John Waltz, of Hebron, Ky., blames his post-traumatic stress disorder on 
his rescue work at a plane crash aboard a carrier bound for an Iraqi tour. While 
his condition and disability claim were evaluated, he ran up about $12,000 worth 
of medical bills, he says. Despite Social Security and his wife's work, the 
couple's yearly income was cut in half to $30,000.
 
 ''We have to be really frugal, as far as what groceries we buy,'' Waltz says. 
''I think we're down to just a couple dollars now, until the next time we get 
paid.''
 
 On a national scale, the costs of caring for the wounded certainly won't crush 
the $13 trillion annual American economy. It probably won't bankrupt the VA, 
which already treats more than 5.5 million patients each year. But the price tag 
will challenge budgets of governments and service agencies, adding another 
hungry mouth within their nests.
 
 Economic forecasts vary widely for the federal costs of caring for injured 
veterans returning from the Middle East, but they range as high as $700 billion 
for the VA. That would rival the cost of fighting the Iraq war. In recent years, 
the VA has repeatedly run out of money to care for sick veterans and has had to 
ask for billions more before the next budget.
 
 ''I wouldn't be surprised if these costs per person are higher than any war 
previously,'' says Scott Wallsten, of the conservative think tank Progress and 
Freedom Foundation.
 
 The costs often fall on veterans and their families. Ted Wade, of Chapel Hill, 
N.C., can't drive or keep his memories straight since a bomb tore off an arm, 
hurt his foot, and wracked his brain in an attack on his Humvee in Iraq. He and 
his wife have had to lower their living standard and accept house payments from 
parents.
 
 ''I can't work because he can't be up here by himself,'' says his wife, Sarah. 
''It's my volunteer work, is what it really comes down to.''
 
 Yet federal officials say the cost of this wounded influx isn't hurting the 
quality of care promised to veterans.
 
 At a recent ribbon cutting, the Army's vice chief of staff, Gen. Richard Cody, 
trumpeted a new rehab center for amputees as ''proof that when it comes to 
making good on such an important promise, there is no bottom line.''
 
 Since President Bush took office, medical spending for veterans has risen by 83 
percent, says White House budget spokesman Sean Kevelighan. However, that 
includes the increased numbers of all veterans treated -- not just the wave 
returning from the Middle East.
 
 ''The president has made his dedication very clear to troops in the field and 
after,'' the spokesman said.
 
 The VA didn't respond to several requests for comment. Recently, though, 
outgoing chief Jim Nicholson acknowledged trouble keeping up with the pace of 
disability claims.
 
 But earlier this year, he also insisted that veterans ''will invariably tell you 
they are really getting good care from the VA.''
 
 ------
 
 Not invariably.
 
 The VA takes the lead in treating wounds and paying for disabilities of 
veterans. And it usually does a good job of handling major, known wounds, 
especially in the early months, by many accounts. The military, Social Security 
Administration, Labor Department and other agencies add important federal 
benefits.
 
 However, many veterans and families say the VA often restricts rehabilitation or 
cuts it off too quickly.
 
 Former Army Ranger Jeremy Feldbusch, of Blairsville, Pa., was blinded and 
brain-injured by artillery shrapnel in Iraq, but he and his mother decided to 
get some care outside the VA. His mother, Charlene, says some specialists, 
especially brain experts, are better in the private sector.
 
 Insurance for major injuries is available at low cost to service members. It 
pays out up to $100,000 to help cover costs of rehabilitation. But many think it 
isn't enough.
 
 In Odessa, Fla., the family of John Barnes decided to save most of his $100,000 
payout.
 
 They could easily have spent more of it. His mother, Valerie Wallace, estimates 
her expenses at more than $35,000 to help care for him while he deals with a 
brain injury and paralysis from a mortar attack on a base outside Baghdad. She 
took time off from her nursing job, paid $17 an hour for a home health aide, and 
transported her son to countless rounds of therapy.
 
 Still, she wanted to preserve his insurance money. ''John's going to need that 
money down the road,'' she says. Instead, she stopped saving, closed out 
investments, and borrowed against her own insurance.
 
 Disability payments supply monthly income to the wounded, but the VA focuses on 
replacing lost earnings. A presidential commission has recommended broader 
compensation for lost quality of life -- a concept in line with civilian law. 
Co-chair Donna Shalala, a former U.S. secretary of Health and Human Services, 
estimates that the committee's package of recommendations would cost at least 
several hundred million dollars.
 
 In Oceanside, Calif., Joshua Elmore, says his $1,200-a-month disability payments 
aren't ''even coming close'' to replacing what he's lost. A rocket attack on a 
Marine base in Iraq shattered his arm bones and left other injuries.
 
 He can still do yard work, odd jobs, and go to culinary school. But Elmore, who 
has two little girls, complains that he can't run and sometimes limps when he 
walks.
 
 Some wounded veterans turn to private health insurance and other programs 
outside the federal government, swelling costs for states and towns. Sean Lunde, 
an Iraq veteran at the Massachusetts Department of Veterans' Services, says his 
agency rushes emergency funds to some wounded veterans.
 
 Service nonprofits also pay for emergency shelter, housing, job training, food, 
clothing and transportation for wounded veterans who risk slipping into coverage 
gaps.
 
 T.J. Cantwell, of Rebuilding Together, says his group puts an average of $20,000 
-- plus donated supplies and labor -- into houses it modifies for injured 
soldiers from Iraq and Afghanistan.
 
 In Rosedale, Md., the group added handrails, new light switches and door knobs, 
a garage door opener, and other improvements to the home of Army Sgt. 1st Class 
Juanita Wilson. The 33-year-old mother of two lost part of her arm in a homemade 
bomb blast in Iraq, but she remains on active duty to preserve her retirement.
 
 Meanwhile, she says of the remodeling job, ''If I had to pay for it, probably 
very little would be done.''
 
 Despite all this help, many families drop tens of thousands of dollars on travel 
to hospitals, stays in hotel rooms, extra therapies, and on making their homes 
and vehicles accessible to the disabled. Intent on the best care, parents 
sometimes quit jobs and lose their own health insurance.
 
 Denise Mettie, of Selah, Wash., and her husband have been living ''paycheck to 
paycheck'' while she helps in the recovery of her son, Evan. A car bomb in Iraq 
propelled shrapnel into his brain, and he can no longer walk or talk. His mother 
gave up her $30,000-a-year bank job and had to buy health insurance for herself 
and her two daughters, just to watch over her son's hospital treatment, she 
says.
 
 ''What the VA has to offer is insufficient economically to take care of the 
impact of what happens,'' says psychologist Michael Wagner, founder of the 
nonprofit U.S. Welcome Home Foundation and a retired Army medical officer.
 
 Veterans groups finally sued the VA a few months ago, seeking quicker medical 
care and disability payments for those with PTSD. They claim that the crush of 
shattered troops has sent the agency into a ''virtual meltdown.''
 
 Last week, the VA challenged the lawsuit on technical grounds. Its lawyers also 
argued that even though VA rules commit to two years of free care, that depends 
upon Congress setting aside enough money.
 
 ------
 
 Upset by his visits with wounded veterans, defense hawk Rep. John Murtha, D-Pa., 
who chairs a defense spending subcommittee, dropped his support for the Iraq war 
in 2005.
 
 Speaking of the wounded, he now says federal officials are ''not taking care of 
the things they should and ... we're trying to change the direction.''
 
 Many recommendations have come from veterans, federal advisers and others. Some 
involve quicker and heftier disability benefits. And nearly everyone begs for 
more VA money and staff for medical treatment, though few specify where they'd 
find extra resources.
 
 Rep. Chris Carney, D-Pa., a military reservist, is promoting a bill to set 
mandatory annual spending levels for veterans' health care. Prospects are 
unclear.
 
 Either way, it may be too late for veterans like Awad, who nervously awaits the 
approach of imagined enemies around what was once his castle.
 
 ------
 
 EDITOR'S NOTE: Jeff Donn reported from Temicula, Calif. Kimberly Hefling 
reported from Woodlyn, Pa.; Harrington, Del.; and Washington, D.C.
    
Wounded Vets Also Suffer Financial Woes, NYT, 29.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Coming-Home-Wounded-The-Price.html
           Marines 
Probed in Alleged Captive Deaths   September 
29, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 2:49 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   LOS ANGELES 
(AP) -- Nearly three years after the battle of Fallujah earned Marines more Navy 
Cross medals for heroism than any other action in Iraq, prosecutors are 
investigating whether members of one squad killed a group of captured insurgents 
there.
 However, getting charges to stick could prove difficult as prosecutors try to 
assemble concrete evidence from a battle that reduced much of the city to rubble 
and caused extensive casualties. The identities of the victims are unknown.
 
 Several Marines from Camp Pendleton are under investigation and the former squad 
leader, now a civilian, has been charged in federal court with two counts of 
voluntary manslaughter.
 
 About 130 Marines were killed during the 53-day battle, more than were 1,000 
wounded and some 1,000 insurgents were killed, said a Marine Corps spokesman, 
Lt. Col. Chris Hughes. There is no tally of civilian deaths.
 
 ''It's a little bit difficult to take a firefight three years after the fight 
and try to piece together whether or not a crime took place,'' said Doug 
Applegate, an attorney for Jose Nazario Jr., the former squad leader. ''No crime 
scene could have been preserved, there's no physical evidence or DNA.''
 
 Nazario, 27, who has left the Marine Corps, pleaded not guilty earlier this 
month in federal court in Riverside.
 
 Recent cases against Marines over actions in Iraq highlight the challenges 
prosecutors face. Charges against eight Marines in the killing of an Iraqi man 
last year in Hamdania resulted in only one murder conviction, despite 
confessions and testimony from several of the defendants. And prosecutors have 
yet to score any convictions against Marines accused in the killings of 24 
civilians in Haditha.
 
 Observers say it will be even tougher to prosecute the members of a squad from 
Kilo Company, 3rd Battalion, 1st Marines in the Fallujah case.
 
 There are no forensics, the building where the shootings supposedly took place 
was destroyed and the identity of the victims is unknown, lawyers for some of 
the squad members said. Prosecutors identify the men Nazario is accused of 
shooting only as ''human beings'' called John Doe No. 1 and John Doe No. 2.
 
 Already, the officer overseeing the case has dismissed a murder charge against 
one squad member, Sgt. Jermaine Nelson, so he can review the evidence.
 
 The investigation was triggered when a former corporal from the squad, Ryan 
Weemer, applied for a job with the Secret Service. Investigators claim he 
described the killings during a polygraph test that included a question about 
whether he had participated in a wrongful death, according to his attorney, Paul 
Hackett. Weemer has not been charged with any crime.
 
 The complaint against Nazario says that after coming under fire from a house in 
Fallujah, the squad entered the building and captured several insurgents, 
Nazario placed a call on his radio.
 
 ''Nazario said that he was asked 'Are they dead yet?''' the complaint states. 
When Nazario responded that the captives were alive, he was told by a Marine on 
the radio to ''make it happen,'' the complaint says.
 
 Applegate has said investigators were looking into the actions of the Marine who 
allegedly spoke with Nazario on the radio.
 
 Lawyers say it is highly unusual for civilian prosecutors to go after a former 
U.S. serviceman for an alleged war crime. Kevin McDermott, another of Nazario's 
lawyers, said prosecutors employed a little-used 2000 law written primarily to 
prosecute civilian contractors who commit crimes while working for the U.S. 
overseas.
 
 McDermott said he knew of only one other veteran, former Army Pvt. Steven D. 
Green, who is charged in civilian court. Green is accused of raping and 
murdering a 14-year-old Iraqi girl and killing members of her family. He faces 
trial in Kentucky, and if convicted could get a death sentence.
 
 If Nazario's case goes to trial, Applegate said he would educate a civilian jury 
about the realities of combat.
 
 ''How do you convey to a jury confusion in the fog of war?'' Applegate said. 
''We are going to have to convey that a guy who might cross the street under a 
white flag on your block might shoot your best friend on the next block.''
 
 Marine, Army and Iraqi units entered Fallujah on Nov. 9, 2004, and faced some of 
the heaviest fighting seen so far in the war in Iraq, often engaging in 
hand-to-hand combat.
 
 Of more than 20 Navy Cross medals awarded for combat heroism in Iraq and 
Afghanistan, at least eight were earned in Fallujah, according to several online 
sources. A Navy Cross is second only to a Medal of Honor.
 
 Weemer's attorney, Hackett, a Marine reserve major, says it is unlikely that 
anyone who has never seen combat could grasp what Marines experienced in 
Fallujah.
 
 ''I remember the first day seeing a dog run down the street with an arm in its 
mouth. Dogs, cats eating bodies. Those are the kinds of scenes that a Marine is 
experiencing,'' Hackett said.
 
 ''You take a 22-year-old American, you shoot at him all day long, you deprive 
him of sleep, you make him see his buddies being killed, he has their blood on 
his boots and blouse, and when you don't see perfection in his decisions you 
court-martial him? It's absurd.''
    
Marines Probed in Alleged Captive Deaths, NYT, 29.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Marines-Fallujah.html            Weary 
G.I.’s in Iraq Are Ready for a Rest, but Are Hardly at Ease   September 
30, 2007The New York Times
 By DAMIEN CAVE
   MAHMUDIYA, 
Iraq — On bases big and small south of Baghdad, the scrambled reality of war has 
become routine: an unending loop of anxious driving in armored Humvees, gallons 
of Gatorade, laughter at the absurd and 4 a.m. raids into intimate Iraqi 
bedrooms. 
 This is Iraq for the 3,300 soldiers of the 10th Mountain Division’s Second 
Brigade, and many have bitterly come to the realization that it now feels more 
like home than home will.
 
 No other brigade in the Army has spent more days deployed since Sept. 11, 2001. 
And with only a few weeks to go before ending their 15-month tour, the soldiers 
here are eager to go. But they are also nervous about what their minds will 
carry back given the psychic toll of war day after day and the prospect of 
additional tours.
 
 Heartache can be heard in the quiet voice of Specialist Gerald Barranco-Oro, who 
at 22 is on his second tour of Iraq and will leave for home without two close 
friends who were killed May 19.
 
 There are other losses, too: for fathers like Staff Sgt. Kirk Ray, 25, whose 
2-year-old daughter screams when he calls because “she doesn’t know who I am”; 
and for those who must detach to keep going, like Specialist Jesse Herb, 20, who 
casually mentioned recently that the ceiling above his bed was dented with the 
bone fragments of a lieutenant who shot and killed himself there a few months 
ago.
 
 “Every day I wake up,” he said, “I see little pieces of his head.”
 
 Most of the soldiers accept their lot. Shaped by experience, they fit in here. 
Re-enlistment rates across the brigade are running above the Army’s goals, and 
soldiers in six platoons said in interviews that they still loved their jobs: 
the camaraderie, the sense of mission, the ability to play a role in history.
 
 It also helps, they said, that they will head back to Fort Drum in New York with 
a sense of accomplishment. Several thousand Iraqi volunteers are now working 
alongside the Americans to fight Sunni Islamic extremists, and once hostile 
villages in their area have quieted down.
 
 But even if the gains last — and many soldiers consider them fragile — the 
consequences continue to add up. From the Second Brigade’s 2004-2005 deployment 
until now, at least 82 soldiers from the brigade and its attached units have 
been killed in combat in Iraq. Two others, Specialist Alex R. Jimenez, 25, and 
Pvt. Byron W. Fouty, 19, are still missing after being kidnapped in an ambush on 
May 12.
 
 Each case is more than a statistic. It is a catastrophe, devastating dozens and 
inflicting emotional wounds.
 
 Units recover but burdens remain, especially for soldiers who must step in for 
the departed. Sgt. Ryan McDonald, 21, for example, filled the squad leader 
position held by his friend Sgt. Justin D. Wisniewski, 22, who was killed May 19 
when he stepped on a pressure-detonated bomb on a trail of soft dirt near 
Latafiya.
 
 The two young men came up together, studying tactics, sharing drinks at home and 
competing in Battery A, Task Force 2-15, a field artillery unit based in 
Mahmudiya. When Sergeant Wisniewski died, Sergeant McDonald was only a few feet 
away. In the aftermath, he cursed in anger but still managed to console another 
severely wounded soldier with four words: “I love you, man.”
 
 Recently, Sergeant McDonald found himself near the spot again, leading soldiers 
through another area littered with bombs on footpaths. He initially played tough 
when asked about his friend’s death. “You deal with it,” he said, leaning on the 
brick wall of a house his men were searching.
 
 But he later softened. After warning soldiers away from soft dirt, he said that 
correcting them always made him think of Sergeant Wisniewski.
 
 “He was tough,” Sergeant McDonald said.
 
 Specialist Barranco-Oro remembered him as a joker, a wiry leader from Standish, 
Mich., who was nicknamed Ski. He had been close not just with Sergeant 
Wisniewski but also another soldier shot that same day by a sniper, Pfc. Matthew 
Bean of Pembroke, Mass.
 
 Private Bean later died. Specialist Barranco-Oro, a medic, said he still wished 
he could have been there to help. He was in another patrol area at the time.
 
 The shock, he said, has flooded back as his return home approaches. “You would 
never, never think one of your friends won’t be there with you,” Specialist 
Barranco-Oro said. “Never.”
 
 “You make so many plans: ‘We’re gonna go to Bean’s wedding and live it up; we’re 
going to Standish with Ski and go hunting and to party it up.’”
 
 He leaned forward and stared straight ahead.
 
 “We’ll still go see the families and stuff,” he said. “But it’s going to be 
different.”
 
 His friends live on through his grief. Songs jog memories. He said he might get 
a tattoo of their names “so they won’t be forgotten,” and in the meantime, he 
said, he talked to God about them every night.
 
 “You wouldn’t think it would stay with you this long,” he said.
 
 In fact, going home often creates another cycle of grief, said Lt. Col. Reagon 
P. Carr, the behavioral health officer for the Second Brigade. Many soldiers 
return feeling not just down but also guilty for having survived, Colonel Carr 
said.
 
 The Army screens returning soldiers for post-traumatic stress disorder and other 
signs of trouble, but for many, the struggle has already begun. During one 
recent week, Colonel Carr said, he met with 3 soldiers contemplating suicide, 12 
who could not sleep, 5 who feared returning to a dysfunctional marriage and 16 
who said they were disgruntled about their leadership.
 
 “A lot of soldiers here, from what they’ve seen or witnessed, will go back very 
on edge,” he said. “It is a cumulative effect, especially when you have a short 
time between deployments.”
 
 The challenge for most consists of figuring out “how to keep Iraq in Iraq and 
how to keep home at home,” said Capt. Rich West, the chaplain in Mahmudiya.
 
 Several soldiers said they feared free time at home and the thoughts that might 
arise. Few have told their families the details of what they have seen, or how 
accustomed they have become to a surreal routine with no 9 to 5, no errands, no 
bills, no diapers — just a series of moments that snap from frightening to odd, 
and then back again.
 
 On one recent patrol near Abu Ghraib, for instance, a group of Second Brigade 
soldiers received wet kisses from a barefoot old woman with tattoos as they 
searched her backyard for nitric acid that could be used in explosives.
 
 A few days later, during a clearing operation west of Mahmudiya, Sergeant 
McDonald’s platoon discovered a bearded Iraqi man whose right ankle was chained 
to a rusty engine block. Dazed and sitting outside, he looked like a victim of 
Sunni insurgents. The soldiers immediately tensed, weapons ready, until an older 
man identified himself as the prisoner’s uncle and the man who shackled him.
 
 “He’s crazy,” the uncle said.
 
 Stunned looks appeared all around. “Joe, is he crazy?” the platoon leader asked 
his interpreter.
 
 When the interpreter answered yes, the soldiers could only laugh. The tension 
was released.
 
 The war here, as it continues on and on, can be banal, a groove well-worn by a 
shared sense of humor and knowing glances that say “only in Iraq, only in Iraq.”
 
 Detachment comes and goes. As Colonel Carr said, his treatment in the field must 
be limited; soldiers are taught to cope so they can go out and do their jobs.
 
 Most do, and do it well. Specialist Herb, a member of the unit searching for 
nitric acid, said that when he moved into his trailer in July, his trailer’s 
blinds were still spotted with dried blood from the lieutenant who killed 
himself. After cleaning the mess, he said, he now sleeps just fine. “Me and my 
roommate flipped for who was going to live on that side,” he said, sitting 
behind the wheel of a grumbling Humvee. “I lost.”
 
 With their tolerance for war increased, many soldiers say they feel stronger, 
having faced a test and passed. Their families may ultimately be the ones left 
out, as they try to connect with loved ones forever changed.
 
 This is exactly what many soldiers fear. For Sergeant Ray, who has spent a total 
of about 30 months in Iraq with the Second Brigade and other units, this 
deployment has been particularly tough. He and his wife have been deployed since 
last summer; he patrols south of Baghdad, she works in Mosul, in the north. As a 
result, his 7-year-old stepson and 2-year-old daughter now live with their 
grandparents in New Jersey.
 
 He still loves the Army, valuing the work, the brotherhood of his platoon and 
the military’s promise of financial stability, he said. His wife will get out 
soon, however, and he cannot help wondering about the war’s effect on his 
daughter.
 
 “I think she’s just confused,” he said, as the sun set on the date palms south 
of Baghdad. “She’s right at that age. She turned 2 in August, so she’s just 
starting to talk and realize what’s going on. And neither one of us is there.”
 
 Andrew W. Lehren contributed reporting from New York.
    
Weary G.I.’s in Iraq Are Ready for a Rest, but Are Hardly 
at Ease, NYT, 29.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/30/world/middleeast/30mahmudiya.html?hp
           Iraq: 
Sectarian Violence Kills 18   September 
29, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 7:03 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Three Iraqi soldiers and three civilians, killed in a suicide truck 
bombing near Mosul, were among 18 victims of sectarian violence across Iraq 
Saturday, even as the country's leaders denounced a U.S. Senate proposal to 
split the country into ethnic or religious-based regions.
 Six people were killed and 17 wounded after a bomber in a pickup truck detonated 
his explosives as Iraqi forces chased the speeding vehicle near Mosul, an army 
officer said.
 
 Acting on a tip, a team of Iraqi soldiers tried to intercept the suicide driver 
as he was heading west from Mazra village toward Mosul, 225 miles northwest of 
Baghdad. As the Iraqi Humvee neared the truck, the driver detonated his 
explosive payload, according to the officer who spoke on the condition of 
anonymity for fear of reprisal.
 
 Also Saturday, drive-by gunmen killed a Sunni sheik near his home in Mosul's 
Mithaq neighborhood, said police spokesman Abdul Karim al-Jbouri. Sheik Ghanim 
Qassim was a mosque preacher and member of Mosul's edict commission, a religious 
rule-making body.
 
 Al-Jbouri also said a 50-year-old journalist visiting his brother in the Bab 
al-Baidh neighborhood in central Mosul was killed about 9:30 a.m. when he was 
caught in a mortar attack. Abdul-Khaliq Nasir, who worked for Um al-Rabyain, a 
local newspaper, until it ceased operations about six months ago because of 
security concerns, was married and had three children.
 
 In central Baghdad, gunmen opened fire at an Iraqi checkpoint, killing one 
civilian and wounding four others, police said.
 
 Late Friday, the U.S. military handed over nine decomposing bodies to a hospital 
in Samarra, 60 miles north of Baghdad, according to a police official who 
requested anonymity because he was not authorized to release the information.
 
 The young men were insurgents killed by U.S. forces, he said, adding that U.S. 
military officials told the hospital to expect at least 15 more bodies in the 
coming days.
 
 The U.S. military did not immediately respond to a request for comment.
 
 Earlier Friday, Iraq's prime minister told The Associated Press that a U.S. 
Senate proposal to split the country into regions according to religious or 
ethnic divisions would be a ''catastrophe.''
 
 The Kurds in three northern Iraqi provinces are running a virtually independent 
country within Iraq, while nominally maintaining relations with Baghdad. They 
support a formal division. But both Sunni and Shiite Muslims have reacted with 
extreme opposition to the U.S. Senate proposal.
 
 The majority Shiites, who would retain control of major oil revenues under a 
division of the country, oppose the measure because it would diminish the 
territorial integrity of Iraq, which they now control. Sunnis would control an 
area with few if any oil resources. Kurds have major oil reserves in their 
territory.
 
 The nonbinding Senate resolution calls for Iraq to be divided into federal 
regions under control of the three communities in a power-sharing agreement 
similar to the one that ended the 1990s war in Bosnia. Democratic presidential 
hopeful Sen. Joseph Biden was a prime sponsor of the measure.
 
 ''It is an Iraqi affair dealing with Iraqis,'' Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki 
told the AP Friday on a return flight to Baghdad from New York, where he 
appeared at the U.N. General Assembly. ''Iraqis are eager for Iraq's unity. ... 
Dividing Iraq is a problem, and a decision like that would be a catastrophe.''
 
 The comments were al-Maliki's first since the measure passed the Senate on 
Wednesday.
 
 Iraq's constitution lays down a federal system, allowing Shiites in the south, 
Kurds in the north and Sunnis in the center and west of the country to set up 
regions with considerable autonomous powers.
 
 Nevertheless, ethnic and sectarian turmoil have snarled hopes of negotiating 
such measures, especially given deep divisions on sharing the country's vast oil 
resources. Oil reserves and existing fields would fall mainly into the hands of 
Kurds and Shiites if such a division were to occur.
 
 So far there has been no agreement on a broader sharing of those revenues, one 
of the several U.S.-mandated benchmarks the government has failed to push 
through parliament.
    
Iraq: Sectarian Violence Kills 18, NYT, 29.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html            In Iraq, 
the Privatized Guns of War   September 
29, 2007The New York Times
   To the 
Editor:
 Re “Hired Gun Fetish,” by Paul Krugman (column, Sept. 28):
 
 I am writing to express my grave concern with the use of private security 
contractors in Iraq. This Bush administration move to privatize the military is 
a grievous and immoral mistake. It has serious implications for the future of 
both foreign and domestic policy.
 
 If the United States is pursuing legitimate national security goals in a foreign 
country, in actions in which people risk death and are being authorized to kill 
for the sake of our nation, our military must take responsibility for and be in 
complete charge of all the forces involved. The president must be the commander 
in chief, not the contractor in chief.
 
 And Congress must step up to openly authorize payment and include the expenses 
in the budget, not defer the financial burden to the next generation through 
weak-willed acquiescence to an executive out of control.
 
 Congress is abdicating its constitutional and moral authority in this matter. If 
the employees of organizations like Blackwater USA want to serve their country, 
let them sign on with the armed forces. John Varner
 
 Amherst, Mass., Sept. 28, 2007
 
 •
 
 To the Editor:
 
 In his farewell address, President Dwight D. Eisenhower warned of a 
“military-industrial complex” that threatened the best interests of our nation. 
But the recent events in Iraq surrounding Blackwater USA have illustrated a 
tantamount danger to America’s reputation and interests.
 
 For just as the increased use of hired mercenaries signaled the decline of the 
Roman Empire, so, too, does our ceding of the military conflict to private firms 
mark an ominous sign for our investment in our nation’s affairs. Only the return 
of a peacetime draft will make all Americans bear the true costs of war, leading 
us ultimately to demand the end of this senseless conflict.
 
 Hayden Kantor
 
 Chicago, Sept. 28, 2007
 
 •
 
 To the Editor:
 
 Paul Krugman details the disastrous use of mercenaries in Iraq, and correctly 
notes that this is consistent with the administration’s efforts to outsource 
government functions. What he doesn’t note is that this administration, which 
prides itself on its business acumen, is violating a central principle of 
outsourcing. You never outsource your core competencies. It is difficult to 
think of anything that is a core competency of the federal government more than 
national defense. Bill Bailey
 
 Atlanta, Sept. 28, 2007
 
 •
 
 To the Editor:
 
 Re “State Dept. Tallies 56 Shootings Involving Blackwater on Diplomatic Guard 
Duty” (news article, Sept. 28):
 
 The apparent privatization of the time-honored tradition for the United States 
Marines to protect our embassies and diplomats in Iraq and Afghanistan and who 
knows where else is simply abhorrent. The use of unregulated hired guns to 
protect vital national interests is simply another indicator of the profit 
motive that keeps this war blazing.
 
 Carlos Solis
 
 Weston, Fla., Sept. 28, 2007
 
 •
 
 To the Editor:
 
 “The Deadly Game of Private Security” (Week in Review, Sept. 23) calls the work 
that private security guards do in Iraq “indispensable”; however, that doesn’t 
necessarily mean that the private guards themselves are irreplaceable.
 
 I have seen them up close in both Iraq and Afghanistan for extended periods of 
time, and I can state with complete confidence that members of our armed forces 
could do the same job just as well or better, and for far less money.
 
 One of the worst legacies left by Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld has been 
the privatization of our military presence overseas, not only because of issues 
like potential corruption and lack of accountability, but also for the damage it 
has wreaked on the ideal of the American citizen soldier. The sooner these 
private armies are put out of business, the better.
 
 Rob Schultheis
 
 Telluride, Colo., Sept. 23, 2007
    
In Iraq, the Privatized Guns of War, NYT, 29.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/29/opinion/l29iraq.html            State 
Dept. Tallies 56 Shootings Involving Blackwater on Diplomatic Guard Duty   September 
28, 2007The New York times
 By JAMES RISEN
   WASHINGTON, 
Sept. 27 — The State Department said Thursday that Blackwater USA security 
personnel had been involved in 56 shootings while guarding American diplomats in 
Iraq so far this year. It was the first time the Bush administration had made 
such data public. 
 Blackwater, a large, privately held security contractor based in North Carolina, 
provided security to diplomats on 1,873 convoy runs in Iraq so far this year, 
and its personnel fired weapons 56 times, according to a written statement by 
Deputy Secretary of State John D. Negroponte.
 
 The State Department did not release comparable 2007 numbers for other security 
companies, but the new Blackwater numbers show a far higher rate of shootings 
per convoy mission than were experienced in 2006 by one of the company’s primary 
competitors, DynCorp International. DynCorp reported 10 cases in about 1,500 
convoy runs last year.
 
 The New York Times reported Thursday that Blackwater’s rate of shootings was at 
least twice as high as the rates for other companies providing similar services 
to the State Department in Iraq.
 
 Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has asked Mr. Negroponte to oversee the 
department’s response to problems with security contractors.
 
 A government official who was briefed on an hourlong meeting involving State 
Department officials on Thursday morning said that Ms. Rice had appeared 
surprised at the report that Blackwater had been involved in a higher rate of 
shootings than its competitors.
 
 “She needs to be convinced that Blackwater’s hands are clean,” the government 
official said. Ms. Rice was also said to be taken aback by pressure from 
Representative Henry A. Waxman, the California Democrat who is chairman of the 
House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, who issued an angry letter 
to her this week complaining about what he saw as the State Department’s efforts 
to block his panel’s investigation into Blackwater.
 
 The meeting on Thursday with Ms. Rice seems to signal that the State 
Department’s leaders now recognize that the Blackwater issue is more serious 
than they had first thought, and that it may become harder for the Bush 
administration to defend Blackwater and allow the company to retain its 
prominent role in providing diplomatic security in Iraq.
 
 Since the Sept. 16 shooting in the streets of Baghdad involving an American 
convoy guarded by Blackwater that left at least eight Iraqis dead, the Bush 
administration has fended off public demands by the Iraqi government for 
Blackwater to be evicted from the country.
 
 Instead, the administration has said that it will conduct an investigation 
jointly with the Iraqis into the shooting, while American government officials 
have repeatedly indicated that they do not believe that the White House or the 
State Department would force Blackwater out of the contract.
 
 The Pentagon said on Wednesday that it had sent a team to Iraq to investigate 
the role of security contractors there, in what appeared to be an effort to put 
private contractors under greater control by the United States military. The 
State Department quickly joined the Pentagon, and said that it would also send a 
team to review the role of contractors in Iraq.
 
 Separately, a new study issued Thursday by Mr. Waxman’s oversight committee was 
highly critical of the company’s performance in a 2004 case in which four 
Blackwater contractors were killed in the restive Anbar Province city of 
Falluja. The committee concluded that witness accounts and investigative reports 
conflicted with Blackwater’s assertion that its contractors had been sent to 
Falluja “with sufficient preparation and equipment.”
 
 In a statement, Blackwater said that the committee’s report was “a one-sided 
version of this tragic incident.”
 
 “What the report fails to acknowledge is that the terrorists determined what 
happened that fateful day in 2004,” Blackwater said. ”The terrorists were intent 
on killing Americans and desecrating their bodies.”
 
 Eric Schmitt contributed reporting.
    
State Dept. Tallies 56 Shootings Involving Blackwater on 
Diplomatic Guard Duty, YT,2888889.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/28/world/middleeast/28contractors.html
           U.S. 
Needs ‘Long-Term Presence’ in Iraq, Gates Says   September 
27, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD
   WASHINGTON, 
Sept. 26 — Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates told Congress on Wednesday that he 
envisioned keeping five combat brigades in Iraq as a “long-term presence.” 
 Mr. Gates told the Senate Appropriations Committee, “When I speak of a long-term 
presence, I’m thinking of a very modest U.S. presence with no permanent bases, 
where we can continue to go after Al Qaeda in Iraq and help the Iraqi forces.”
 
 He added that “in my head” he envisioned a force as a quarter of the current 
combat brigades.
 
 There are now 20 combat brigades in the country, a number that is scheduled to 
drop to 15 by next summer. Mr. Gates has previously expressed hope that if 
security conditions in the country continue to improve, force levels in Iraq 
could drop to 10 brigades by the end of 2008.
 
 Mr. Gates gave no timetable for reaching that force level or for how long the 
forces would be required to stay. He added that there had been no detailed 
planning by the Pentagon about what level of forces would be required on a more 
or less permanent basis.
 
 A combat brigade has 3,500 to 4,500 soldiers, leaving a minimum of 17,500 combat 
troops in Iraq under the plan Mr. Gates described. The total American force 
required would probably end up being at least twice that, because of the need 
for support troops and other related personnel.
 
 Mr. Gates also laid out at the hearing a Bush administration request for an 
added $42 billion for war-related expenses in 2008. The request increases to 
nearly $190 billion the amount the Bush administration is seeking for 2008 to 
finance military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan. In February, the 
administration asked for $141.7 billion for the wars, an amount that officials 
said at the time was an estimate that could increase.
 
 The Appropriations Committee chairman, Senator Robert C. Byrd, a Democrat from 
West Virginia, responded with blistering criticism of the administration’s Iraq 
strategy and warned that his panel would not “rubber stamp” Mr. Bush’s requests 
for war financing.
 
 “The president and his supporters claim that we’re now finally on the cusp of 
progress and that we must continue to stay the course,” Mr. Byrd said. “I’ve 
heard that before. Call me a skeptic, but we have heard this tune before. Yes, 
haven’t we?”
 
 Antiwar protesters in the hearing room responded with cries of “Yes! Yes!”
 
 Mr. Byrd later had the room cleared of protesters after they disrupted an answer 
by Gen. Peter Pace, the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.
 
 Mr. Gates said $11 billion of the requested money was for building 15,000 
heavily armored vehicles designed to better withstand the roadside bombs that 
cause the majority of American casualties in Iraq.
 
 The Pentagon also seeks $9 billion to repair and refit American equipment 
stocks. The administration is also requesting $1 billion to train Iraqi security 
forces, bringing the total 2008 request for training funds to $5.7 billion.
 
 But Mr. Gates said that American troops, “under some of the most trying 
conditions, have done far more than what was asked of them, and far more than 
what was expected.”
    
U.S. Needs ‘Long-Term Presence’ in Iraq, Gates Says, NYT, 
27.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/27/washington/27military.html            Pentagon 
Seeks $190 Billion for Wars   September 
26, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 10:56 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- Defense Secretary Robert Gates will ask Congress Wednesday to approve 
nearly $190 billion for the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in 2008, increasing 
initial projections by more than a third.
 In remarks prepared for a Senate hearing, Gates says the extra money is 
necessary to buy vehicles that can protect troops against roadside bombs, 
refurbish equipment worn down by combat and consolidate U.S. bases in Iraq. A 
copy of the remarks was obtained by The Associated Press.
 
 In that prepared testimony, Gates said, ''I know that Iraq and other difficult 
choices America faces in the war on terror will continue to be a source of 
friction within the Congress, between the Congress and the president and in the 
wider public debate.''
 
 ''Considering this, I would like to close with a word about something I know we 
can all agree on -- the honor, courage and great sense of duty we have witnessed 
in our troops since September 11th,'' his testimony said.
 
 In February, Bush requested $141.7 billion for the wars; officials said at the 
time the figure was only a rough estimate and could climb. In July, the Defense 
Department asked Congress for another $5.3 billion to buy 1,500 Mine Resistant 
Ambush Protected (MRAP) vehicles.
 
 Gates says another $42 billion is needed to cover additional requirements. The 
extra money includes:
 
 -- $11 billion to field another 7,000 MRAP vehicles in addition to the 8,000 
already planned;
 
 -- $9 billion to reconstitute equipment and technology;
 
 -- $6 billion for training and equipment of troops;
 
 -- $1 billion to improve U.S. facilities in the region and consolidate bases in 
Iraq; and
 
 -- $1 billion to train and equip Iraqi security forces.
    
Pentagon Seeks $190 Billion for Wars, NYT, 26.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq.html           U.S. 
Snipers Accused of 'Baiting' Iraqis   September 
25, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 11:49 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- Army snipers hunting insurgents in Iraq were under orders to ''bait'' 
their targets with suspicious materials, such as detonation cords, and then kill 
whoever picked up the items, according to the defense attorney for a soldier 
accused of planting evidence on an Iraqi he killed. Gary Myers, an attorney for 
Sgt. Evan Vela, said his client had acted ''pursuant to orders.''
 ''We believe that our client has done nothing more than he was instructed to do 
by superiors,'' Myers said in a telephone interview.
 
 Myers and Vela's father, Curtis Carnahan of Idaho Falls, Idaho, said in separate 
interviews that sworn statements and testimony in the cases of two other accused 
Ranger snipers indicate that the Army has a classified program that encourages 
snipers to ''bait'' potential targets and then kill whoever takes the bait.
 
 The Army on Monday declined to confirm such a program exists.
 
 ''To prevent the enemy from learning about our tactics, techniques and training 
procedures, we don't discuss specific methods targeting enemy combatants,'' said 
Paul Boyce, an Army spokesman.
 
 Boyce also said there are no classified programs that authorize the murder of 
Iraqi civilians or the use of ''drop weapons'' to make killings appeared to be 
legally justified, which is what Vela and the two other snipers are accused of 
doing.
 
 The transcript of a court hearing for two of the three accused snipers makes 
several references to the existence of a classified ''baiting'' program but 
provides few details of how it works. A copy of the transcript was provided to 
The Associated Press by Vela's father.
 
 The Washington Post, which first reported the existence of the ''baiting'' 
program, cited the sworn statement of Capt. Matthew P. Didier, the leader of a 
Ranger sniper scout platoon.
 
 ''Baiting is putting an object out there that we know they will use, with the 
intention of destroying the enemy,'' Didier said in the statement. ''Basically, 
we would put an item out there and watch it. If someone found the item, picked 
it up and attempted to leave with the item, we would engage the individual as I 
saw this as a sign they would use the item against U.S. forces.''
 
 The Post said the program was devised by the Army's Asymmetric Warfare Group, 
which advises commanders on more effective methods in today's unconventional 
conflicts, including ways to combat roadside bombs.
 
 Within months of the ''baiting'' program's introduction, three snipers in 
Didier's platoon were charged with murder for allegedly using those items and 
others to make shootings seem legitimate, according to the Post.
 
 The Post said that although it doesn't appear that the three alleged shootings 
were specifically part of the classified program, defense attorneys argue that 
the program may have encouraged them by blurring the legal lines in a complex 
war zone.
 
 The court martial of one of the accused soldiers, Spec. Jorge Sandoval Jr., is 
scheduled to begin in Baghdad on Wednesday. Also facing premeditated murder 
charges are Vela and Staff Sgt. Michael Hensley.
 
 They are part of the Headquarters and Headquarters Company, 1st Battalion, 501st 
Infantry Regiment, 4th Brigade (Airborne), 25th Infantry Division, based at Fort 
Richardson, Alaska.
    
U.S. Snipers Accused of 'Baiting' Iraqis, NYT, 25.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq-Snipers.html            Bomber 
Strikes Shiite - Sunni Meeting   September 
24, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 2:32 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- A suicide bomber struck a reconciliation meeting of Shiite and Sunni 
tribal leaders and senior provincial officials in Baqouba on Monday, killing at 
least 15 people, including the city's police chief, security officials said.
 A witness said most of the people killed or wounded were in the mosque yard 
washing their hands or drinking tea after taking a break from the meeting for 
the iftar banquet, the daily meal to break the sunrise-to-sunset fast during the 
holy month of Ramadan.
 
 The bombing, which bore the hallmarks of al-Qaida in Iraq, was a challenge to 
the U.S. strategy of turning members of both Islamic sects against extremists in 
a bid to duplicate the success in Anbar province to the west of the capital.
 
 The U.S. military has claimed recent success in quelling violence in Baqouba by 
sending thousands of additional American and Iraqi troops to the area, 35 miles 
northeast of Baghdad. The meeting of tribal leaders and clerics from both 
Islamic sects was aimed at reducing sectarian tension and discussing ways to 
support security forces against insurgents.
 
 The attacker detonated his explosives vest about 8:30 p.m. as guards searched 
him at the entrance to a Shiite mosque as many meeting participants were waiting 
to get back into the building.
 
 Baqouba's police chief Brig. Gen. Ali Dalyan and the Diyala provincial 
operations chief Brig. Gen. Najib al-Taie were near the bomber and were among 
the 15 killed, according to the security and health officials.
 
 The officials, who spoke on condition of anonymity because they weren't 
authorized to release the information, also said 28 people were wounded, 
including several other senior provincial leaders.
 
 In a separate attack, a suicide truck bomber struck an Iraqi checkpoint near the 
northern city of Tal Afar, killing three security forces and three civilians and 
wounding 16 other people, said Mayor Najim Abdullah.
 
 Also Monday, Iran closed major border crossings with northeastern Iraq on Monday 
to protest the U.S. detention of an Iranian official the military accused of 
weapons smuggling, a Kurdish official said.
 
 Five border gates were closed starting Sunday night and continuing Monday 
morning, leaving travelers and cargo stranded, according to officials and 
witnesses.
 
 The move threatens the economy of Iraq's northern region -- one of the country's 
few success stories -- and also appears aimed at driving a wedge between Iraq 
and the Americans at a time of friction over a deadly shooting in Baghdad 
involving the security firm Blackwater USA.
 
 There were varying responses from Iranian officials to the border closures.
 
 Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, asked by The Associated Press, said the 
intent was to protect pilgrims.
 
 ''On an annual basis millions of Iranians visit Iraq and Iraq's holy sites for 
pilgrimage purposes,'' Ahmadinejad said in the interview in New York. ''Recently 
as a result of some clashes and the explosion of some bombs a number of Iranian 
civilian casualties arose. So the government has asked Iranian citizens to avoid 
traveling for pilgrimage purposes until security is restored. The commercial 
goods and freight transactions continue and the travel across the border for 
those purposes continue.''
 
 However, the semiofficial Mehr news agency reported that five border points had 
been closed to protest the detention of the Iranian, who has been identified as 
Mahmudi Farhadi. He was arrested four days ago during a raid on a hotel in 
Sulaimaniyah, 160 miles northeast of Baghdad.
 
 The closure will continue until Farhadi's unconditional release, the Mehr agency 
quoted Ismail Najjar, general governor of Iranian Kurdistan province, as saying.
 
 Confusing matters even further, the public relations department at the Interior 
Ministry in Tehran said no decision had been made to shut the border.
 
 U.S. officials said Farhadi was a member of the elite Quds force of the Iranian 
Revolutionary Guards that smuggles weapons into Iraq. But Iraqi and Iranian 
leaders said he was in the country on official business and with the full 
knowledge of the government.
 
 Sulaimaniyah Gov. Dana Ahmed Majeed told the AP the move affected crossing 
points near the border towns of Panjwin, Haj Omran, Halabja and Khanaqin. A 
crossing at the town of Shena had remained open, but the mayor of the nearby 
town of Qalat Diza, Hussein Ahmed, said that gate was closed about 10 a.m.
 
 Darseem Ahmed, an official at the gate near Haj Omran, 225 miles northeast of 
Baghdad, said up to 400 trucks use that crossing point daily.
 
 A Kurdish merchant from Sulaimaniyah said he had three trucks loaded with 
construction materials stuck on the Iranian side of the border near Panjwin.
 
 ''They didn't allow them to cross, they closed the gate,'' Khalid Aman Sulaiman 
said, expressing concern the move would cause prices of imported products to 
spike. He said he would consider bringing the goods across illegal routes if the 
border points don't open within a week.
 
 Jamal Abdullah, a spokesman for the autonomous Kurdish government, said the 
Iranian move ''will have a bad effect on the economic situation of the Kurdish 
government and will hurt the civilians as well.''
 
 ''We are paying the price of what the Americans have done by arresting the 
Iranian,'' he said.
 
 Abdullah said the regional government had asked the central government to 
contact Iranian officials in Baghdad to stress that Kurdish authorities had no 
role in the detention.
 
 ''If this closure continues it will have an effect on the historical relations 
between the Kurdish government and the Iranian state,'' Abdullah added.
 
 Iran has denied U.S. allegations that it is smuggling weapons to Shiite militias 
in Iraq.
 
 But the U.S. insists it has evidence to the contrary. On Monday, U.S. troops 
killed one suspected militant and detained four others said to be involved in 
kidnapping operations run by Iranian-backed Shiite militias in Baghdad's Shiite 
district of Sadr City, the military said.
 
 Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has condemned Farhadi's arrest, saying he 
understood the man had been invited to Iraq.
 
 ''The government of Iraq is an elected one and sovereign. When it gives a visa, 
it is responsible for the visa,'' al-Maliki told the AP in an interview Sunday 
in New York. ''We consider the arrest ... of this individual who holds an Iraqi 
visa and a (valid) passport to be unacceptable.''
 
 Last week, President Jalal Talabani, a Kurd, demanded the Iranian's release and 
warned in a letter to America's top commander in Iraq, Gen. David Petraeus, and 
U.S. Ambassador Ryan Crocker that Iran had threatened to close its border with 
Iraq's Kurdish region over the case -- a move that would cause considerable 
damage to trade in the prosperous Kurdish region.
 
 Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman Mohammad Ali Hosseini said Sunday that 
Farhadi was in charge of border transactions in western Iran and went to Iraq on 
an official invitation.
 
 The U.S. military said the suspect was being questioned about ''his knowledge 
of, and involvement in,'' the transportation of EFPs and other roadside bombs 
from Iran into Iraq and his possible role in the training of Iraqi insurgents in 
Iran.
    
Bomber Strikes Shiite - Sunni Meeting, NYT, 24.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html            Iraqi 
Trial Witnesses Tell of Executions   September 
24, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 2:11 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Two witnesses testified about the executions of family members in Saddam 
Hussein's brutal suppression of a 1991 Shiite uprising in Iran as a trial 
resumed Monday for former regime officials charged with crimes against humanity 
for their roles in the crackdown.
 An elderly man recounted how soldiers rolled into his village near the southern 
city of Basra, shelled houses and rounded up young men.
 
 The witness, whose testified from behind a curtain to protect his identity, said 
both his sons were taken away. A boy who resisted was shot, the witness said. 
''I saw it with my own eyes.''
 
 The soldiers looted his house and set it ablaze, he said.
 
 The crackdown followed Saddam's defeat in Kuwait, when Iraqi Shiites in the 
south and Kurds in the north -- repressed under his Sunni-dominated regime -- 
staged separate uprisings that briefly seized control of 14 of the country's 18 
provinces.
 
 U.S. troops created a safe haven for Kurds in three northern provinces, 
preventing Saddam from attacking. But Iraqi troops crushed the other uprising in 
the predominantly Shiite south.
 
 Saddam's cousin and former Defense Minister Ali Hassan al-Majid, who gained the 
nickname ''Chemical Ali'' after poison gas attacks on Kurdish towns in the 
1980s, and 14 others are on trial for crimes against humanity.
 
 After a month, the witness said one of his sons returned and told him the other 
was killed by al-Majid, as part of mass executions at a sports center. The 
witness did not say how his son knew these details.
 
 The testimony provoked an outburst from al-Majid, who claimed he was not even in 
Basra at the time of the alleged executions.
 
 Another witness, whose identity also was concealed, testified how soldiers took 
him and his father and three brothers from their southern village, also near 
Basra, and tortured them at a detention center for a week.
 
 The defendants complained Monday that their lawyers were not able to attend 
because they were not granted U.S. protection to come to the trial. Judge 
Mohammed al-Khalifah al-Oreibi told them they should be satisfied with the 
court-appointed attorneys and that he could not authorize U.S. protection, only 
protection by Iraqi troops, which the lawyers had refused.
 
 A U.S. official in Baghdad, who spoke on condition of anonymity because he 
wasn't authorized to release the information, said the Americans had turned over 
protection duties to Iraqis who had been trained and equipped by U.S. experts.
 
 It is the third trial involving former regime officials. The first led to the 
hanging of Saddam and three others after their convictions for the 1982 killings 
of 148 Shiites from the town of Dujail.
 
 Al-Majid and two co-defendants -- former Defense Minister Sultan Hashim Ahmad 
al-Tai and Hussein Rashid Mohammed, an ex-deputy director of military operations 
-- also have been sentenced to death in the second trial, which dealt with the 
killings of more than 100,000 people in the 1980s military crackdown on Kurds. 
But no date has been set for their executions.
    
Iraqi Trial Witnesses Tell of Executions, NYT, 24.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq-Trial.html            Soldiers 
Describe Baiting of Insurgents in Iraq   September 
24, 2007The New York Times
 By PAUL VON ZIELBAUER
   Under a 
program developed by a Defense Department warfare unit, Army snipers have begun 
using a new method to kill Iraqis suspected of being insurgents, planting fake 
weapons and bomb-making material as bait and then killing anyone who picks up 
them up, according to testimony presented in a military court.
 The existence of the classified “baiting program,” as it has come to be known, 
was disclosed as part of defense lawyers’ efforts to respond to murder charges 
the Army pressed this summer against three members of a Ranger sniper team. Each 
soldier is accused of killing an unarmed Iraqi in three separate incidents 
between April and June near Iskandariya.
 
 In sworn statements, soldiers testifying for the defense have said the sniper 
team was employing a baiting program developed by the Pentagon’s Asymmetrical 
Warfare Group, which met with and gave equipment to Ranger sniper teams in Iraq 
in January.
 
 The Washington Post first described the baiting program in an article Monday.
 
 An Army spokesman, Paul Boyce, said on Monday that the Army does not discuss 
specific methods for “targeting enemy combatants” publicly, and that no 
classified program authorizes the use of “drop weapons” to make a killing appear 
justified.
 
 The court martial of one of the accused soldiers, Spec. Jorge Sandoval Jr., is 
scheduled to begin in Baghdad on Wednesday. The two other soldiers facing 
premeditated murder charges are Staff Sgt. Michael Hensley, the sniper team 
squad leader, and Sgt. Evan Vela. All three are part of Headquarters and 
Headquarters Company, 1st Battalion, 501st Infantry Regiment, 4th Brigade 
(Airborne), 25th Infantry Division, based at Fort Richardson, Alaska.
 
 None of the three soldiers deny that they killed the three Iraqis they are 
charged with murdering. Through their lawyers and in court documents, the 
soldiers argue that the killings were legal and authorized by their superiors. A 
transcript of the hearing was provided by a member of an accused soldier’s 
family.
 
 Snipers are among the most specialized of soldiers, using camouflage clothing 
and makeup to infiltrate enemy locations and high-powered rifles and scopes to 
stalk and kill enemy fighters. The three snipers accused of murder had for 
months ventured into some of the most dangerous areas of Iraq, said lawyers for 
Sgt. Vela.
 
 “Snipers are special people who are trained to shoot in a detached fashion, not 
to see their targets as human beings,” said James D. Culp, one of Sgt. Vela’s 
lawyers. “Snipers have split-seconds to take shots, and he had a split second to 
decide whether to shoot.”
 
 After visiting the sniper unit in Iraq, members of the Asymmetrical Warfare 
Group gave soldiers ammunition boxes containing so-called “drop items” like 
bullets, plastic explosives and bomb detonation chords to use to target Iraqis 
involved in insurgent activity, according to Capt. Matthew P. Didier, a sniper 
platoon leader who gave sworn testimony in the accused soldiers’ court hearings.
    
Soldiers Describe Baiting of Insurgents in Iraq, NYT, 
24.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/24/world/middleeast/24cnd-abuse.html?hp
           U.S. 
says Iran sending missiles to Iraq    23 
September 2007USA Today
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) — The U.S. military accused Iran on Sunday of smuggling surface-to-air 
missiles and other advanced weapons into Iraq for use against American troops. 
The new allegations came as Iraqi leaders condemned the latest U.S. detention of 
an Iranian in northern Iraq, saying the man was in their country on official 
business.Military spokesman Rear Adm. Mark Fox said U.S. troops were continuing to find 
Iranian-supplied weaponry including the Misagh 1, a portable surface-to-air 
missile that uses an infrared guidance system.
 
 Other advanced Iranian weaponry found in Iraq includes the RPG-29 
rocket-propelled grenade, 240 mm rockets and armor-piercing roadside bombs known 
as explosively formed penetrators, or EFPs, Fox said.
 
 An American soldier was killed Saturday and another wounded when an EFP hit 
their patrol in eastern Baghdad, the military said.
 
 Iran has denied U.S. allegations that it is smuggling weapons to Shiite militias 
in Iraq, a denial that Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad reiterated in an 
interview with CBS' "60 Minutes" aired Sunday.
 
 "We don't need to do that. We are very much opposed to war and insecurity," said 
Ahmadinejad, who arrived in New York Sunday to attend the U.N. General Assembly. 
"The insecurity in Iraq is detrimental to our interests."
 
 Tensions between Iran and the United States have worried Iraqi officials — many 
of whom are members of political parties with close ties to Tehran.
 
 A 240 mm rocket was fired this month at the main U.S. headquarters base in Iraq, 
killing one person and wounding 11.
 
 U.S. officials said the rocket was fired from a west Baghdad neighborhood 
controlled by Shiite militiamen.
 
 On Thursday, U.S. troops arrested an Iranian in the Kurdish city of 
Sulaimaniyah. U.S. officials said he was a member of the elite Quds force of the 
Iranian Revolutionary Guards that smuggles weapons into Iraq.
 
 Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki condemned the Iranian's arrest, saying he 
understood the man, who has been identified as Mahmudi Farhadi, had been invited 
to Iraq.
 
 "The government of Iraq is an elected one and sovereign. When it gives a visa, 
it is responsible for the visa," he told The Associated Press in an interview in 
New York. "We consider the arrest ... of this individual who holds an Iraqi visa 
and a (valid) passport to be unacceptable."
 
 Iraqi President Jalal Talabani, a Kurd, also demanded the Iranian's release.
 
 The U.S. military said the suspect was being questioned about "his knowledge of, 
and involvement in," the transportation of EFPs and other roadside bombs from 
Iran into Iraq and "his facilitation of travel and training in Iran for Iraqi 
insurgents." The military said no decision had been made about whether to file 
charges.
 
 Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman Mohammad Ali Hosseini said Farhadi was in 
charge of border transactions in western Iran and went to Iraq on an official 
invitation.
 
 He said Iran expects the Iraqi government to provide security for Iranian 
nationals there and warned the arrest could affect relations between the two 
neighbors as well.
 
 Iraqi authorities, meanwhile, said a shipment of chlorine had crossed the border 
from Jordan after concerns were raised about shortages of the chemical needed to 
prevent an outbreak of cholera from spreading.
 
 Officials said earlier that as much as 100,000 tons of chlorine was being held 
up at the border for fear it would be hijacked and used in explosives. Several 
chlorine truck bombs blamed on suspected Sunni insurgents earlier this year 
killed scores of people.
 
 Naeem al-Qabi, the deputy chief of Baghdad's municipal council, said warehouses 
in the capital were preparing to accept the chlorine, which would help purify 
water supplies.
 
 "There is some administrative work needed to be done and it will be finished 
very soon," al-Qabi said.
 
 Iraq now has a total of 1,652 confirmed cases of cholera after three new cases 
were confirmed in Salahuddin province, according to an update on the World 
Health Organization's website on Sunday. Earlier, cholera was confirmed in the 
provinces of Sulaimaniyah, Tamim and Irbil, as well as a case each in Baghdad 
and in Basra.
 
 "As the weather cools and becomes more favorable for transmission, the organism 
is expected to spread to other provinces," the WHO's country office in Iraq said 
on its website.
 
 Cholera is endemic to Iraq, with about 30 cases registered each year. The last 
major outbreak was in 1999, when 20 cases were discovered in one day.
 
 Also Sunday, Iraq's minister of state for national security, Sherwan al-Waili, 
took over the security operations center in Basra as tensions rose in the 
southern city following the assassination of a local representative of Iraq's 
top Shiite cleric, Grand Ayatollah Ali al-Sistani.
 
 The region has been rocked by violence between rival Shiite militias linked to 
political parties, raising concerns about security as the British military has 
pulled back its troops from the city center to a nearby airport to allow Iraqi 
security forces to take over.
 
 Al-Waili told reporters that he will temporarily head the operations center 
until a new security plan is implemented "very soon" in the city, 340 miles 
southeast of Baghdad.
    
U.S. says Iran sending missiles to Iraq, UT, 23.9.2007,
http://www.usatoday.com/news/world/iraq/2007-09-23-iran-missiles_N.htm
           U.S. 
Military Deaths in Iraq at 3, 795   September 
22, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 7:40 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   As of 
Saturday, Sept. 22, 2007, at least 3,795 members of the U.S. military have died 
since the beginning of the Iraq war in March 2003, according to an Associated 
Press count. The figure includes seven military civilians. At least 3,095 died 
as a result of hostile action, according to the military's numbers.
 The AP count is seven higher than the Defense Department's tally, last updated 
Friday at 10 a.m. EDT.
 
 The British military has reported 169 deaths; Italy, 33; Ukraine, 18; Poland, 
21; Bulgaria, 13; Spain, 11; Denmark, seven; El Salvador, five; Slovakia, four; 
Latvia, three; Estonia, Netherlands, Thailand, two each; and Australia, Hungary, 
Kazakhstan, Romania, South Korea, one death each.
 
 ------
 
 The latest deaths reported by the military:
 
 -- A soldier died Saturday in a vehicle accident in Diyala province.
 
 ------
 
 The latest identifications reported by the military:
 
 -- Army Pfc. Luigi Marciante Jr., 25, Elizabeth, N.J.; died Thursday in 
Muqdadiyah, of wounds sustained when an improvised explosive device detonated 
near his vehicle; assigned to the 2nd Battalion, 23rd Infantry Regiment, 4th 
Brigade, 2nd Infantry Division, Stryker Brigade Combat Team, Fort Lewis, Wash.
 
 -- Army Spc. John J. Young, 24, Savannah, Ga.; died Friday in Camp Stryker, of 
injuries suffered from a non-combat related incident; assigned to the 2nd 
Battalion, 14th Infantry Regiment, 2nd Brigade Combat Team, 10th Mountain 
Division (Light Infantry), Fort Drum, N.Y.
 
 -- Army Capt. (Dr.) Roselle M. Hoffmaster, 32, Cleveland, Ohio; died Thursday in 
Kirkuk, of injuries sustained from a non-combat related incident; assigned to 
the Headquarters and Headquarters Company, 1st Brigade Combat Team, 10th 
Mountain Division, Fort Drum, N.Y.
 
 ------
 
 On the Net:
 
 http://www.defenselink.mil/news/
    
U.S. Military Deaths in Iraq at 3, 795, NYT, 22.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Iraq-US-Deaths.html            The real 
story of Baghdad's Bloody Sunday  Six days 
ago, at least 28 civilians died in a shooting incident involving the US security 
company Blackwater.But what actually happened? Kim Sengupta reports from the scene of the massacre
   Published: 
21 September 2007The Independent
   The 
eruption of gunfire was sudden and ferocious, round after round mowing down 
terrified men women and children, slamming into cars as they collided and 
overturned with drivers frantically trying to escape. Some vehicles were set 
alight by exploding petrol tanks. A mother and her infant child died in one of 
them, trapped in the flames.
 The shooting on Sunday, by the guards of the American private security company 
Blackwater, has sparked one of the most bitter and public disputes between the 
Iraqi government and its American patrons, and brings into sharp focus the often 
violent conduct of the Western private armies operating in Iraq since the 2003 
invasion, immune from scrutiny or prosecution.
 
 Blackwater's security men are accused of going on an unprovoked killing spree. 
Hassan Jabar Salman, a lawyer, was shot four times in the back, his car riddled 
with eight more bullets, as he attempted to get away from their convoy. 
Yesterday, sitting swathed in bandages at Baghdad's Yarmukh Hospital, he 
recalled scenes of horror. "I saw women and children jump out of their cars and 
start to crawl on the road to escape being shot," said Mr Salman. "But still the 
firing kept coming and many of them were killed. I saw a boy of about 10 leaping 
in fear from a minibus, he was shot in the head. His mother was crying out for 
him, she jumped out after him, and she was killed. People were afraid."
 
 At the end of the prolonged hail of bullets Nisoor Square was a scene of carnage 
with bodies strewn around smouldering wreckage. Ambulances trying to pick up the 
wounded found their path blocked by crowds fleeing the gunfire.
 
 Yesterday, the death toll from the incident, according to Iraqi authorities, 
stood at 28. And it could rise higher, say doctors, as some of the injured, hit 
by high-velocity bullets at close quarter, are unlikely to survive.
 
 With public anger among Iraqis showing no sign of abating, the US administration 
has suspended all land movement by officials outside the heavily fortified Green 
Zone.
 
 The Iraqi government has revoked Blackwater's licence to operate but it still 
remains employed by the US government. The Secretary of State, Condoleezza Rice, 
has, however, promised a "transparent" inquiry into what happened.
 
 Blackwater and the US State Department maintain that the guards opened fire in 
self-defence as they reacted to a bomb blast and then sniper fire. Amid 
continuing accusations and recriminations, The Independent has tried to piece 
together events on that day.
 
 The reports we got from members of the public, Iraqi security personnel and 
government officials, as well as our own research, leads to a markedly different 
scenario than the American version. There was a bomb blast. But it was too far 
away to pose any danger to the Blackwater guards, and their State Department 
charges. We have found no Iraqi present at the scene who saw or heard sniper 
fire.
 
 Witnesses say the first victims of the shootings were a couple with their child, 
the mother and infant meeting horrific deaths, their bodies fused together by 
heat after their car caught fire. The contractors, according to this account, 
also shot Iraqi soldiers and police and Blackwater then called in an attack 
helicopter from its private air force which inflicted further casualties.
 
 Blackwater disputes most of this. In a statement the company declared that those 
killed were "armed insurgents and our personnel acted lawfully and appropriately 
in a war zone protecting American lives".
 
 The day after the killings, Mirenbe Nantongo, a spokeswoman for the US embassy, 
said the Blackwater team had " reacted to a car bombing". The embassy's 
information officer, Johann Schmonsees, stressed " the car bomb was in proximity 
to the place where State Department personnel were meeting, and that was the 
reason why Blackwater responded to the incident" .
 
 Those on the receiving end tell another story. Mr Salman said he had turned into 
Nisoor Square behind the Blackwater convoy when the shooting began. He recalled: 
"There were eight foreigners in four utility vehicles, I heard an explosion in 
the distance and then the foreigners started shouting and signalling for us to 
go back. I turned the car around and must have driven about a hundred feet when 
they started shooting. My car was hit with 12 bullets it turned over. Four 
bullets hit me in the back and another in the arm. Why they opened fire? I do 
not know. No one, I repeat no one, had fired at them. The foreigners had asked 
us to go back and I was going back in my car, so there was no reason for them to 
shoot."
 
 Muhammed Hussein, whose brother was killed in the shooting, said: "My brother 
was driving and we saw a black convoy ahead of us. Then I saw my brother 
suddenly slump in the car. I dragged him out of the car and saw he had been shot 
in the chest. I tried to hide us both from the firing, but then I realised he 
was already dead."
 
 Jawad Karim Ali was on his way to pick up his aunt from Yarmukh Hospital when 
shooting started and the windscreen exploded cutting his face. " Then I was hit 
on my left shoulder by bullets, two of them another one went past my face. Now 
my aunt is out of hospital and I am sitting here. There was a big bang further 
away but no shots before the security people fired, and they just kept firing."
 
 Baghdad's "Bloody Sunday" has become a test of sovereignty between the powers of 
the Iraqi government and the US. The Iraqi Prime Minister, Nouri al-Maliki, 
said: "We will not tolerate the killing of our citizens in cold blood." The 
shooting was, he said, the seventh of its kind involving Blackwater.
 
 The company, which has its headquarters in North Carolina, is one of the largest 
beneficiaries of the lucrative occupation dividend, holding the contract to 
provide security for top-level American officials.
 
 Its reputation in Iraq is particularly controversial. It was the lynching of 
four of the company's employees in 2004 which led to the bloody confrontation in 
Fallujah. The men's bodies were set on fire, dragged through the streets and 
then hung from a bridge. Blackwater personnel are recognisable from their 
"uniform" of wraparound sunglasses and body armour over dark coloured 
sweatshirts and helmets. Employees are thought to earn about $600 (£300) per 
day.
 
 Sunday's shooting happened at Mansour, once one of the most fashionable 
districts of Baghdad, with roads flanked by shops selling expensive goods, 
restaurants and art galleries. In the height of the sectarian bloodletting 
between Shias and Sunnis earlier this year dead bodies would be regularly strewn 
in the streets. A semblance of safety has returned since, and Mansour was held 
up as an example of how the US military "surge" was cutting the violence.
 
 We were in Mansour on Sunday when we heard the sound of a deafening explosion 
just after midday. Black plumes of smoke rose from a half-blasted National Guard 
(army) post near a mosque. Five or six minutes afterwards there was the sound of 
prolonged shooting towards the south.
 
 Police Captain Ali Ibrahim, who was on duty near Nisoor Square, said: " We heard 
the bomb go off, it was very loud, but it wasn't at the square. The police were, 
in fact, trying to clear the way for the contractors when they became agitated, 
they opened fire. No one was shooting at them."
 
 Asked about the witness accounts, Ali al-Dabbagh, an Iraqi government spokesman, 
confirmed: "The traffic policemen were trying to open the road for them. It was 
a crowded square and one small car did not stop, it was moving very slowly. They 
started shooting randomly, there was a couple and their child inside the car and 
they were hit."
    
The real story of Baghdad's Bloody Sunday, I, 21.9.2007,
http://news.independent.co.uk/world/middle_east/article2984819.ece 
           
Migration Reshapes Iraq’s Sectarian Landscape   September 
19, 2007The New York Times
 By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN
   BAGHDAD, 
Sept. 18 — A vast internal migration is radically reshaping Iraq’s ethnic and 
sectarian landscape, according to new data collected by thousands of relief 
workers, but displacement in the most populous and mixed areas is surprisingly 
complex, suggesting that partitioning the country into semiautonomous Sunni, 
Shiite and Kurdish enclaves would not be easy.
 The migration data, which are expected to be released this week by the Iraqi Red 
Crescent Organization but were given in advance to The New York Times, indicate 
that in Baghdad alone there are now nearly 170,000 families, accounting for 
almost a million people, that have fled their homes in search of security, 
shelter, water, electricity, functioning schools or jobs to support their 
families.
 
 The figures show that many families move twice, three times or more, first 
fleeing immediate danger and then making more considered calculations based on 
the availability of city services or schools for their children. Finding 
neighbors of their own sect is just one of those considerations.
 
 Over all, the patterns suggest that despite the ethnic and sectarian animosity 
that has gripped the country, at least some Iraqis would rather continue to live 
in mixed communities.
 
 The Red Crescent compiled the figures from reports filed as recently as the end 
of August by tens of thousands of relief workers scattered across all parts of 
Iraq who are straining to provide aid for an estimated 280,000 families swept up 
nationwide in an enormous and complex migration.
 
 A bird’s-eye view of the data suggests that since the bombing of a revered 
Shiite mosque in February 2006 triggered severe sectarian strife, Sunnis 
generally have been moving north and west, Shiites south, and Christians to the 
far north. But the picture in the mixed and highly populous center of the 
country is, if anything, becoming more complicated.
 
 It is this mixed population center, the often violent interface between more 
homogeneous Sunni and Shiite regions, that some advocates of partition have 
suggested would separate into more homogeneous areas as Iraqis seek safety among 
members of their own sects.
 
 But the new figures show that the migration is not neatly dividing Baghdad along 
the Tigris, separating Sunnis who live predominantly on the west bank from 
Shiites, who live predominantly on the east. Instead, some Sunnis are moving to 
the predominantly Shiite side of the river, into neighborhoods that are 
relatively secular, mixed and where services are better, according to Red 
Crescent staff.
 
 Just last week within Baghdad itself, a Sunni tribe of 250 families that lived 
in Dora, one of the most violent neighborhoods, was forced to flee. Rather than 
going to an area where they would be with others of their sect, they went to 
their neighbors to the south, in Abu Dshir, a Shiite area. They were welcomed by 
the local tribe and given places to stay in people’s homes, according to field 
staff both for the Red Crescent and the International Organization for 
Migration, an intergovernmental agency.
 
 Still, some poor Iraqis, for example those fleeing ethnic cleansing by Al Qaeda 
in Mesopotamia in villages in the eastern province of Diyala, make the only 
choice available to them: head for Baghdad and stop in one of the refugee camps 
on the fringes of the city amid the other desperately poor.
 
 The size and scope of the migration has elicited deep concern on the part of aid 
officials. Relief workers “have a mammoth task to alleviate the sufferings of 
this vast number of Iraqis,” a draft report on the Red Crescent figures says.
 
 Although Iraqis of every income level, sect, ethnicity and region of the country 
have been caught up in this migration, perhaps the most tragic consequences turn 
up where enormous numbers of poor Iraqi villagers have collected in camps, 
shantytowns and urban slums after leaving behind almost everything they owned, 
said Dr. Said Hakki, a physician who is the president of the Red Crescent.
 
 “It’s tragic, absolutely tragic,” Dr. Hakki said. “I have been a surgeon all my 
life, and I have seen death many times; that never scared me, never shook me. 
But when I saw the toll here in Iraq,” he said, referring to the groups of 
displaced people, “that definitely shook me.”
 
 “How could a human let human beings suffer so much for so long?” Dr. Hakki said.
 
 A jump in the recorded number of displaced people toward the end of the summer 
led the Red Crescent to delay releasing the report for about 10 days as the 
organization checked and double-checked the figures, Dr. Hakki said.
 
 But he said that the figures, based on data collected in 130 branch offices, 
including 43 in Baghdad, by about 95,000 Red Crescent volunteers and a smaller 
number of regular employees, survived the scrutiny.
 
 The Red Crescent figures, which are collected periodically, have broadly been 
consistent with data assembled by the International Organization for Migration, 
which is affiliated with the United Nations and collects its data from the Iraqi 
government and other sources.
 
 But when contacted about the politically delicate findings in the latest Red 
Crescent report, a spokesman for the Ministry of Displacement and Migration, 
which tracks internal displacement for the government, said he believed that the 
figures were too high.
 
 “The Red Crescent Organization, and even other international organizations, we 
don’t consider their statistics to be official,” said the spokesman, Sattar 
Nowroz.
 
 Mr. Nowroz repeated the government’s oft-stated claim that thousands of families 
have returned to their homes after the start of a new Iraqi security plan that 
is running concurrently with an American troop increase.
 
 But figures at both the Red Crescent and the Organization of Migration have 
previously shown that the numbers of internally displaced Iraqis has soared 
since the troop increase began. Mr. Nowroz conceded that the migration ministry 
had just 600 employees nationwide to track displaced people.
 
 The ministry tracks only displaced people who come forward voluntarily and pass 
a series of bureaucratic hurdles involving paperwork at a minimum of three 
different government offices, Mr. Nowroz said.
 
 Red Crescent workers point to a number of trends during the summer that 
contributed to the increased numbers that their organization is seeing in 
Baghdad.
 
 Fighting in Diyala set people on the roads, fleeing the ongoing military 
operations by the American military against extremist Sunni Arab fighters. 
People who had fled to Jordan and Syria began to return because both countries 
began to enforce visa requirements for Iraqis who wanted to stay.
 
 Sunnis also began to flee their homes because of the clashes between the 
Awakening movements, groups of Sunni Arab tribesmen who banded together to fight 
Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia, a homegrown extremist group which American intelligence 
sources believe has foreign leadership.
 
 Iraqis considering just when to return from abroad may also have chosen the end 
of summer because school was approaching and some neighborhoods have seen 
reduced violence with the increased American troop presence. But when the Iraqis 
return, they often find that their homes have been looted or occupied, and they 
join the rolls of displaced people.
 
 “Not all of this is because of the unsecure situation,” said Mazin A. Salloum, 
secretary general of the Iraqi Red Crescent Organization.
 
 In Baghdad, many of the displacements measured by the Red Crescent are secondary 
or tertiary. Many people have already moved once and the statistics are 
reflecting their second or, in some cases, their third move. While the fear of 
sectarian violence or of being caught in ongoing military operations motivates 
people to make their initial move, it is the desire for better living conditions 
that drives them to make subsequent ones. Some people first go to relatives in 
areas outside Baghdad, but then migrate back into the city as they search for 
jobs, and for more access to electricity, water and schools.
 
 “It’s like sea waves, tides that come in and out,” said Laith Abdul Aziz, the 
Red Crescent’s disaster manager for Iraq, who has been displaced himself.
 
 “All this data will be reversed,” he said. “Winter is coming and those who have 
migrated to villages will come back to where there is good shelter, roofs that 
don’t leak, fuel, food.”
 
 But some of the poorest displaced do not have even those choices. The Boob Sham 
camp, run by the Red Crescent Organization, sits forlornly on a swath of scrub 
desert that was once the site of an Iraqi Army barracks bombed by the Americans 
in 2003.
 
 Opened in northeastern Baghdad in June for 17 Shiite families of the Anbekia 
tribe who were fleeing Diyala, it now has 52 families, and two of them just 
arrived Monday. Most live in tents but a few families have one room shelters 
made of mud mixed with hay.
 
 Farmers and village tradesmen, they fled when gunmen from Al Qaeda in 
Mesopotamia began a systematic sweep of their area. Hadi Hassan, 39, who came 
here with 13 family members, said six villages of the Anbekia tribe had already 
been emptied, including his.
 
 He heard from neighbors that Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia blew up his house after he 
left. Now the militants were continuing their cleansing, and another four 
villages of the tribe were under pressure. The families were poor before they 
fled, but because most of them had no time to pack their belongings, they are 
even poorer now.
 
 Mr. Hassan’s family was one of those. He loaded his wife and children into his 
car and drove to Baghdad because he has two sisters living here, but when he 
arrived he found that each had a one-room house for their families; there was no 
room for his.
 
 Since he arrived he has had to sell his car — he got $1,500 for it — because he 
needed to feed his family of six and he wanted to help the other seven relatives 
who fled with him, who are all women and children. Three of his sons stared 
shyly at the Red Crescent staff members; a fourth was nursing at Mr. Hassan’s 
wife’s breast. “Please help our men find a job,” she said.
 
 The children traced designs with their plastic sandals in the shelter’s earthen 
floor and then stood in silence in the doorway staring at the open scrubland. 
“They remember their home, they remember climbing our date palms and eating the 
fruit right from the tree,” Mr. Hassan said. “But here. ...”
 
 His voice trailed off, and he gestured at the scrub that lay just outside and 
shook his head. “No trees.”
    
Migration Reshapes Iraq’s Sectarian Landscape, NYT, 
19.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/19/world/middleeast/19displaced.html?hp
           Iraqi PM 
Disputes Blackwater Version   September 
19, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 7:14 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Iraq's prime minister on Wednesday disputed Blackwater USA's version of 
a weekend shooting that left at least 11 people dead and declared he would not 
tolerate ''the killing of our citizens in cold blood.''
 Land travel by U.S. diplomats and other civilian officials outside the fortified 
Green Zone remained suspended for a second day after Iraqi authorities ordered 
Blackwater to stop working as an investigation continues into the Sunday 
incident.
 
 The Moyock, N.C.-based firm is the main provider of bodyguards and armed escorts 
for American government civilian employees in Iraq.
 
 Americans and Iraqis have offered widely differing accounts of the Sunday 
incident, with Blackwater insisting that its guards returned fire against armed 
insurgents who were threatening American diplomats.
 
 But The New York Times reported late Tuesday that a preliminary review by Iraq's 
Ministry of Interior found that Blackwater security guards fired at a car when 
it did not heed a policeman's call to stop, killing a couple and their infant.
 
 According to the story on the Times' Web site, the report said that Blackwater 
helicopters also had fired -- a finding the company denies. The Iraqi Ministry 
of Defense said that 20 Iraqis were killed, considerably higher than the 11 dead 
reported before.
 
 Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki said the Sunday shooting was ''the seventh of its 
kind'' involving Blackwater ''and these violations should be dealt with.''
 
 ''We will not tolerate the killing of our citizens in cold blood,'' al-Maliki 
said. ''The work of this company has been stopped in order to know the 
reasons.''
 
 Al-Maliki said Blackwater's version of the events ''is not accurate'' and that 
U.S. diplomats could use the services of other security companies.
 
 ''Our information is that there was a violation,''' he said. ''We moved to form 
a committee to reveal to the world whether those killed were armed or 
innocent.''
 
 Blackwater spokeswoman Anne E. Tyrrell said in a statement late Monday that 
''Blackwater's independent contractors acted lawfully and appropriately in 
response to a hostile attack in Baghdad on Sunday.''
 
 ''The `civilians' reportedly fired upon by Blackwater professionals were in fact 
armed enemies and Blackwater personnel returned defensive fire,'' she said. 
''Blackwater regrets any loss of life but this convoy was violently attacked by 
armed insurgents, not civilians, and our people did their job to defend human 
life.''
 
 The Interior Ministry said Monday that it had permanently revoked Blackwater's 
license and would order its 1,000 personnel to leave the country. The following 
day the government rolled back, suggesting the firm's operations were only 
suspended pending completion of a joint U.S.-Iraqi investigation.
 
 Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, en route to the Middle East, said Tuesday 
night that it was too soon to tell what effect the ban will have on U.S. 
operations in Iraq. Rice said she has expressed regret at the loss of life to 
the Iraqi prime minister.
 
 ''I committed to him that we were as interested as the Iraqi government in 
having a full investigation into what happened ... and to working with the Iraqi 
government to try and make certain that this sort of thing doesn't happen,'' 
Rice said.
 
 Iraqis have long resented the presence of the estimated 48,000 private security 
contractors -- including about 1,000 Blackwater employees -- considering them a 
mercenary force that runs roughshod over civilians in their own country.
 
 Blackwater, whose convoys of SUVs careen through the streets with weapons 
displayed, has been singled out for much of the criticism.
 
 ''Blackwater has a reputation. If you want over-over-the-top, gun-toting 
security with high profile and all the bells and whistles, Blackwater are the 
people you are going to go with,'' said James Sammons, a former Australian 
Special Air Service commander who now works for British-based AKE Group that 
also provides security in Iraq.
 
 He said any civilian killings by security contractors tarnish the reputations of 
all of them.
 
 ''We get lumped in with that and it makes the job harder for the rest of us,'' 
said Sammons, who is AKE's Asia-Pacific regional director, based in Sydney, 
Australia.
 
 The Iraqi Cabinet decided Tuesday to review the status of all foreign security 
companies. Still, it was unclear how the dispute would play out, given the 
government's need to appear resolute in defending national sovereignty while 
maintaining its relationship with Washington at a time when U.S. public support 
for the mission is faltering.
 
 Nevertheless, some Iraqi officials said privately it would be difficult to order 
Blackwater out of the country because the Americans rely so heavily on the 
company for their security.
 
 ''It will be difficult for the Iraqi government to make them leave the country 
because they protect the embassy,'' said one aide to al-Maliki. ''Maybe they 
will make a commitment that they study their moves'' or agree to change the name 
of the company.
 
 The aide spoke on condition of anonymity because the issue is so sensitive.
 
 Anti-American cleric Muqtada al-Sadr demanded that the government ban all 48,000 
foreign security contractors.
 
 Al-Sadr's office in Najaf said the government should nullify contracts of all 
foreign security companies, branding them ''criminal and intelligence firms.''
 
 ''This aggression would not have happened had it not been for the presence of 
the occupiers who brought these companies, most of whose members are criminals 
and ex-convicts in American and Western prisons,'' the firebrand cleric said in 
a statement.
 
 Al-Sadr insisted the government prosecute those involved and ensure that 
families of the victims receive compensation but did not threaten to unleash his 
Mahdi Army militia in retaliation for the killings.
 
 Blackwater is among three private security firms employed by the State 
Department to protect employees in Iraq, and expelling it would create huge 
problems for U.S. government operations in this country.
 
 A 2004 regulation issued by the U.S. occupation authority granted security 
contractors full immunity from prosecution under Iraqi law. Unlike American 
military personnel, the civilian contractors are also not subject to U.S. 
military law either.
 
 Hassan al-Rubaie, a member of the parliament's Security and Defense Committee, 
said an investigative committee has been formed to consider lifting the 
contractors' immunity.
 
 Blackwater and other foreign contractors accused of killing Iraqi citizens have 
gone without facing charges or prosecution in the past. But the latest incident 
drew a much stronger reaction by the Iraqi government.
 
 Also Wednesday, the U.S. military said an American soldier was killed the day 
before in an attack in the south of the capital. The death raised to at least 
3,787 members of the U.S. military who have died since the war started in March 
2003, according to an AP count.
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press Writer Rod McGuirk in Sydney, Australia contributed to this 
report.
    
Iraqi PM Disputes Blackwater Version, NYT, 19.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html            Who 
Watches US Security Firms in Iraq?   September 
19, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 6:56 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- The fog of war keeps getting thicker. The Iraqi government's decision to 
temporarily ban the security company Blackwater USA after a fatal shooting of 
civilians in Baghdad reveals a growing web of rules governing weapons-bearing 
private contractors but few signs U.S. agencies are aggressively enforcing them.
 Nearly a year after a law was passed holding contracted employees to the same 
code of justice as military personnel, the Bush administration has not published 
guidance on how military lawyers should do that, according to Peter Singer, a 
security industry expert at the Brookings Institution in Washington.
 
 A Congressional Research Service report published in July said security 
contractors in Iraq operate under rules issued by the United States, Iraq and 
international entities such as the United Nations.
 
 All have their limitations, however.
 
 A court-martial of a private-sector employee likely would be challenged on 
constitutional grounds, the research service said, while Iraqi courts do not 
have the jurisdiction to prosecute contractors without U.S. permission.
 
 ''It is possible that some contractors may remain outside the jurisdiction of 
U.S. courts, civil or military, for improper conduct in Iraq,'' the report said.
 
 Blackwater and other private security firms long have been fixtures in Iraq, 
guarding U.S. officials and an international work force helping to rebuild the 
war-torn country.
 
 Prior to the March 2003 invasion, however, U.S. officials paid little attention 
to how prevalent these security firms would be in combat zones and the 
difficulties their presence could cause, according to Steve Schooner, 
co-director of the government procurement law program at George Washington 
University.
 
 ''The real problem is when we went into Iraq none of this had been worked out,'' 
Schooner said. ''We hadn't thought it through.''
 
 The result is dissatisfaction on multiple fronts that is tempered by the 
acknowledgment these hired hands have become an important part of the 
long-running effort to stabilize Iraq.
 
 ''This is what happens when government fails to act,'' Singer wrote on the 
Brookings Web site of the incident Sunday involving Blackwater.
 
 Iraq's government said Tuesday it would review the status of all security firms 
working in Iraq to ensure each is complying with Iraqi laws.
 
 But Iraqi government representatives also said they probably would not rescind 
Order No. 17, which was issued more than three years ago by the U.S.-led 
Coalition Provisional Authority. The order gives American security companies 
immunity from Iraqi prosecution on issues arising from their contracts.
 
 ''We don't want to do so because we don't have the services they are providing 
for the diplomats and for the American Embassy here in Iraq,'' government 
spokesman Ali al-Dabbagh told CNN.
 
 Blackwater, based in Moyock, N.C., is one of three private security firms 
employed by the State Department to protect its personnel in Iraq. The two 
others, both of which are headquartered in the Washington, D.C., suburbs, are 
Dyncorp, based in Falls Church, Va., and Triple Canopy of Herndon, Va.
 
 The State Department has provided little information on Sunday's incident, which 
began after a car bomb attack against an American convoy guarded by Blackwater 
employees turned into a firefight that left eight Iraqis dead.
 
 The department's Bureau of Diplomatic Security is conducting an investigation 
with assistance from the U.S.-led coalition in Iraq. The Iraqis are conducting 
their own inquiry, although it seems unlikely the Iraqi government would revoke 
Blackwater's license and order the company's 1,000 personnel to leave the 
country.
 
 Blackwater spokeswoman Anne Tyrrell said the guards acted ''lawfully and 
appropriately'' after being ''violently attacked by armed insurgents.''
 
 In a separate development, a congressional committee is questioning how 
aggressively the State Department has looked into allegations that Blackwater 
illegally brought weapons into Iraq.
 
 In a letter to Howard Krongard, the State Department inspector general, the 
House Oversight and Government Reform Committee said Krongard impeded a Justice 
Department probe into claims that a ''large private security contractor was 
smuggling weapons into Iraq.''
 
 Although the security company was not named in the letter, several senior 
administration officials confirmed it was Blackwater.
 
 In an e-mailed response to the committee's charges, Krongard said Tuesday he 
made one of his ''best investigators'' available for the probe.
 
 Tyrrell declined to comment.
 
 For Democrats in Congress, the Blackwater shooting incident has reinvigorated an 
effort to pass additional regulations on how security contractors operate.
 
 Rep. Jan Schakowsky, D-Ill., a longtime critic of Blackwater, is pushing 
legislation requiring the Pentagon and State Department to provide details about 
security contractors it has hired, including any disciplinary actions taken 
against them.
 
 ''I think we have to have some uniform rules, particularly when these security 
guys are walking around fully armed,'' Schakowsky said Tuesday. ''Who are they 
accountable to?''
 
 But that's not because there is a shortage of laws, according to Laura 
Dickinson, a law professor at the University of Connecticut who has studied the 
use of private contractors on the battlefield.
 
 ''There are plenty of laws that apply to them,'' said Dickinson, who is working 
on a book called ''Outsourcing War and Peace.''
 
 The problem is enforcement, she said.
 
 The Pentagon and State Department have their own contracting officers and 
separate systems for ensuring performance and accountability.
 
 Dickinson said a single government office is needed to monitor contracts and 
keep Congress informed.
 
 ''I don't think there's real clarity about what the rules of the game are 
either,'' said Schakowsky, a member of the House Intelligence Committee. ''It's 
a very murky area.''
 
 The International Peace Operations Association, a trade group that represents 
Blackwater and other companies doing business in Iraq, is not opposed to better 
oversight of the industry, according to Doug Brooks, the group's president.
 
 That begins with the federal government having a deeper pool of experienced 
contracting officers who can properly monitor the work that's being done, he 
said.
 
 ''The companies try to operate within their contracts,'' Brooks said. ''It's a 
problem when you can't get a hold of a contracting officer, or when the 
contracting officers don't understand how the contracts work.''
 
 ------
 
 On the Net:
 
 Blackwater USA: 
http://www.blackwaterusa.com
    
Who Watches US Security Firms in Iraq?, NYT, 19.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq-Contractors.html            
Sectarian Toll Includes Scars to Iraq Psyche   September 
17, 2007The New York Times
 By SABRINA TAVERNISE
   BAGHDAD, 
Sept. 16 — Violence swept over the Muhammad family in December, taking the 
father, the family’s house and all of its belongings in one chilly morning. But 
after the Muhammads fled, it subsided and life re-emerged — ordinary and quiet — 
in its wake. 
 Now they no longer have to hide their Shiite last name. The eldest daughter does 
not have to put on an Islamic head scarf. Grocery shopping is not a 
death-defying act.
 
 Although the painful act of leaving is behind them, their minds keep returning 
to the past, trying to process a violation that was as brutal as it was 
personal: young men from the neighborhood shot the children’s father as they 
watched. Later, the men took the house.
 
 “I lost everything in one moment,” said Rossel, the eldest daughter. “I don’t 
know who I am now. I’m somebody different.”
 
 They are educated people, and they say they do not want revenge. But typical of 
those who are left from Iraq’s reasonable middle, the Muhammads have been 
hardened toward others by violence, and they have been forced to feel their 
sectarian identity, a mental closing that allows war made by militants to 
spread.
 
 “In the past the country lived all together, but now, no,” Rossel said. “I don’t 
trust anyone.”
 
 Iraqis have continued to flee their homes throughout the American troop 
increase, which began early this year, and despite assurances that it is 
becoming safe to return, uncrossable lines have been left in Iraqi minds and 
neighborhoods. Schools, hospitals and municipal buildings are quickly losing 
their diversity, and even moderate Iraqis like the Muhammads say they cannot 
imagine ever going back.
 
 In northeastern Baghdad, Hashem, a polite 14-year-old from a different Shiite 
family, has an acute sense of sect. (For his safety, his last name is not being 
used.) The players in his soccer club are Shiite. His school is three-quarters 
Shiite. His five or six close friends are all Shiites. He refrains from telling 
a joke he likes about a Sunni politician because it might hurt the feelings of 
the Sunni boys.
 
 Though the alignment is religious, in practice it is more like being on the same 
sports team: Hashem, like his father, is not at all devout.
 
 “In the beginning it was a shame to say Sunni or Shiite,” he said, sitting on a 
couch in a guest room in a heavily Shiite neighborhood in northern Baghdad, “but 
we know.”
 
 His school has adjusted to new sectarian imperatives; the punishment for arguing 
about religion is a three-day suspension. So when he fought with a Sunni boy who 
was making chauvinistic remarks about Shiites, the two walked away without 
telling the adults what the fight was about.
 
 Part of the sensitivity comes from trauma inflicted by Saddam Hussein’s 
government: years ago, Hashem’s grandparents were forced out of their homes by 
local Baathists and died in the desert.
 
 The segregation is reshaping the structure of families. On a recent Tuesday, a 
thin parade of tired-looking couples trudged through the office of a family 
court judge in Sharchiya, a mostly Shiite neighborhood in central Baghdad. Only 
about 5 percent of the marriage contracts he registers are for mixed-sect 
couples, down from about 50 percent before the war, the judge said.
 
 “It used to be more festive,” he said, after a mother in a black Islamic robe 
limply threw a handful of candies in his direction. The court is one of the 
city’s few family courts, but as a testament to how separated the neighborhoods 
are now, just one in 10 couples he marries is Sunni.
 
 The patterns started to form in 2005, when militants began pushing Iraqis out of 
their houses, a deeply personal violation that often leaves families jobless and 
impoverished.
 
 In a survey of 200 displaced Shiite families living in Karbala, a southern city, 
researchers from Al Amal, an organization that assists the displaced, found that 
60 percent were unable to take their furniture or belongings when they fled.
 
 Rossel’s father, a suit importer, was killed while packing the family’s 
belongings into cars to move out of Dora, an area in southern Baghdad controlled 
by Sunni Islamists. The Muhammads were never able to return, though a kindly 
neighbor drove their car to them in their new, mostly Shiite, neighborhood in 
Baghdad. They lost their past — photograph albums, diaries and heirlooms.
 
 Not everyone in the family wanted to know what happened to the house, but Rossel 
was told that a Sunni family she did not know had moved in.
 
 “I try to imagine my room and what they do in it,” she said, her voice intense.
 
 Rasheed Hameed, a Sunni Kurd, was forced out of his house this summer in Baya, 
another southern neighborhood, and moved his family to safety in Syria. Back in 
Baghdad, he saved some of his furniture with the help of neighbors who have 
militia connections. His dresser, kitchen chest and bed frame stood awkwardly in 
a courtyard at his new house on Friday. Inside, several large printing machines 
sat like giant unwanted guests, the property of a previous owner.
 
 “They destroyed all my life,” Mr. Hameed said, gesturing at the furniture. “For 
what? We don’t know. What is our crime?”
 
 Early in the war, it was extremely rare that an Iraqi would know his or her 
attacker, but as time went on the violence moved closer to home. In the Karbala 
study, 47 percent of families said that their neighbors were directly or 
indirectly responsible for their flight. The men who tipped off the killer of 
Rossel’s father lived in the neighborhood and were working as movers for the 
family on the day he was shot.
 
 Omar, an 18-year-old Sunni who withheld his family name for his safety, said 
that as Shiites took over his neighborhood in western Baghdad, childhoods spent 
together seemed never to have existed. Now he and his cousins change the subject 
when old Shiite friends walk past his stoop. Safe topics: electricity, girls and 
soccer.
 
 “It’s true we used to play with them,” he said, “but we couldn’t read what was 
inside their hearts.”
 
 Omar’s father was shot dead by six men from the neighborhood in May. Omar can 
name every one of them. Now they visit his grocery shop and take sodas without 
paying. They were poor before the war. Now they drive Land Cruisers taken from 
their victims.
 
 They drive through the neighborhood, windows down, blasting songs about the 
Shiite cleric Moktada al-Sadr and sometimes honking the horn.
 
 “As if they are telling us, ‘We killed him, and now we’re driving his car,’ ” 
Omar said.
 
 Meanness crept in, as privileged Sunnis lost status, Shiites became the targets 
of attacks and the cycle of revenge began.
 
 Shaima Ali Hussein, a Shiite student from a Sunni-dominated city north of 
Baghdad, said male medical students she had known for years refused to sit next 
to her during an exam, and an anatomy professor forced her to examine a cadaver 
without gloves, behavior strictly forbidden for Shiites, she said.
 
 “Even the patients didn’t want to be touched by us,” she said.
 
 She tried to accept some of their views, “in order to open a window in their 
minds, but they closed it and threw away the key,” she said.
 
 Her family fled to Baghdad late last year, around the time her brother’s college 
friend, a Shiite outspoken about his identity, was beheaded.
 
 “I don’t trust these people,” Ms. Hussein said, sitting in a sunny front room of 
their new house in Karada, a largely Shiite neighborhood. “Their minds are 
closed. I’m so tired. I want to isolate them. But instead, they have isolated 
me.”
 
 Ms. Hussein distrusts new American efforts to work with Sunni tribes, fearing 
that will backfire by arming a force that will turn on Shiites.
 
 Despite widespread displacement, large parts of the city are still mixed, and 
society has not broken down completely. Acts of kindness are everywhere. In Ur, 
a Shiite neighborhood, a family broke a human-size hole into a wall that 
separated its house from Sunni neighbors so that the Sunni family could flee 
through it and pose as Shiites if militia members arrived.
 
 Many Iraqis take pride in having friends and neighbors of the opposite sect. Ms. 
Hussein’s father showed a poem he had received by text message from a Sunni 
friend. Rossel’s father had two close Sunni friends, also importers, though the 
men now live in Dubai. Rossel’s brother Zain, 19, volunteers for Al Amal, the 
religiously diverse community group that helps the displaced.
 
 In many ways the war, at least in the capital, has moved past sect and ideology, 
deep into the realm of the criminal. Gangs mouth sectarian slogans but kill for 
property and power. In Omar’s neighborhood, Shiite militias are killing their 
own: they have slain 16 Shiites in the past two months, including four women and 
a 9-year-old girl.
 
 The deeper the war penetrates, the more people in the middle are forced to take 
a side. Zain was never interested in his Shiite identity, but after his father’s 
killing, he contacted Shiite leaders in his new neighborhood. He would be naïve 
to ignore it, he said. He said he remembered when Sunni militants in his old 
neighborhood stopped hiding their identities.
 
 “My Sunni friends said, ‘Join with us or get out.’ ”
 
 Sunnis who move to quiet Shiite areas, like the Sunni couple who moved next door 
to Hashem’s family this year, hide basic details of their lives out of fear of 
being noticed. Joining new neighborhoods is difficult, particularly for someone 
from the opposite sect, as trust between Iraqis is broken.
 
 Sunnis in western Baghdad, Hashem’s mother said, “deserve what they get,” 
because they allowed militants to mingle among them.
 
 Omar seethed in silent fury as he gave soda and cellphone scratch cards to his 
father’s killers. Then they asked for something far more serious: that he watch 
and report movements of American troops from the door of his father’s store. He 
had no choice but to agree. Moving the family would make it poor, and take the 
children out of school.
 
 “When I see them I want to jump on them, beat them, torture them, kill them,” he 
said, biting his bottom lip. “But I can’t. I’m alone. I’m Sunni in a Shiite 
area.”
 
 Hosham Hussein and Qais Mizher contributed reporting.
    
Sectarian Toll Includes Scars to Iraq Psyche, NYT, 
17.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/17/world/middleeast/17baghdad.html 
           Security 
Firm’s License Is Pulled in Iraq   September 
17, 2007The New York Times
 By SABRINA TAVERNISE
   BAGHDAD, 
Sept. 17 — The Iraqi government said it had revoked the license of Blackwater 
USA, a private security company that provides protection for American diplomats 
across Iraq, after shots fired from an American convoy killed eight Iraqis. 
 Abdul-Karim Khalaf, a spokesman for Iraq’s Ministry of Interior, said the 
authorities had canceled the company’s license and barred its activity across 
Iraq. He said the government would prosecute the deaths, though according to the 
rules that govern private contractors, it was not clear whether the Iraqis had 
the legal authority to do so.
 
 “This is a big crime that we can’t stay silent before,” said Jawad al-Bolani, 
Iraq’s interior minister, speaking on satellite television. “Anyone who wants to 
have good relations with Iraq has to respect Iraqis.”
 
 The incident took place on Sunday in Nisour Square, an area in western Baghdad 
that is clogged with construction and concrete blocks. American officials said 
that a convoy of State Department vehicles came under fire, causing one to break 
down. It was towed. The officials did not say whether any of the convoy’s 
security guards fired back or whether they worked for Blackwater.
 
 Shortly before the incident, a car bomb had detonated some distance away, 
according to an Interior Ministry official, and mortars had landed in an Iraqi 
Army base that has guard towers overlooking the square. A grocery shop owner, 
Abu Muhammad, reported seeing two helicopters firing down into the area, 
apparently reacting to the nearby explosions.
 
 A spokeswoman for the United States Embassy, Mirenbe Nantongo, seemed to confirm 
that when she told reporters on a conference call, “Our people were reacting to 
a car bombing.”
    
Security Firm’s License Is Pulled in Iraq, NYT, 17.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/17/world/middleeast/17cnd-iraq.html?hp 
           Bicycle 
Bomb Kills at Least 5 in Iraq, Police Say   September 
16, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 11:18 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- A booby-trapped bicycle exploded near a cafe serving tea and food during 
Ramadan fasting hours Sunday, killing at least five people in a religiously 
mixed area in northern Iraq, police said.
 Dozens of fighters linked to the Sunni-dominated al-Qaida in Iraq streamed into 
Shiite villages north of Baghdad, torching homes and killing at least 15 
residents, police and army officials said.
 
 In separate violence, Iraqi police said security contractors opened fire in a 
predominantly Sunni neighborhood of western Baghdad on Sunday, killing at least 
nine civilians. The U.S. Embassy said contractors working for the State 
Department were involved in an incident in Baghdad but provided no further 
details, saying an investigation was still under way.
 
 ''We saw a convoy of SUVs passing in the street nearby. One minute later, we 
heard the sound of bomb explosion followed by gunfire that lasted for 20 minutes 
between gunmen and the convoy people who were foreigners and dressed in civilian 
clothes. Everybody in the street started to flee immediately,'' said Hussein 
Abdul-Abbas, who owns a cell phone store nearby.
 
 The police officer who reported the shootings in Mansour spoke on condition of 
anonymity because he was not authorized to release the information.
 
 American soldiers arrived afterward and were not involved, military spokesman 
Lt. Col. Scott Bleichwehl said.
 
 Many contractors have been accused of indiscriminately firing at American and 
Iraqi troops, and of shooting to death an unknown number of Iraqi citizens who 
got too close to their heavily armed convoys, but not one has faced charges or 
prosecution.
 
 The wartime numbers of private guards are unprecedented -- as are their duties, 
many of which have traditionally been done by soldiers. They protect U.S. 
military operations and have guarded high-ranking officials including Gen. David 
Petraeus, the U.S. commander in Baghdad. They also protect journalists, visiting 
foreign officials and thousands of construction projects.
 
 In the raids on the villages of Jichan and Ghizlayat, the fighters arrived from 
several different directions and residents fought back until Iraqi security 
forces arrived and chased the attackers, who fled to nearby farms.
 
 The clashes about 60 miles north of Baghdad lasted about two hours, the 
officials and witnesses said. They spoke on condition of anonymity because they 
feared reprisals.
 
 In all, at least 39 people were killed or found dead nationwide. The bloodshed 
came the day after al-Qaida in Iraq announced a new offensive in the Islamic 
holy month and was a blow to government hopes that a peaceful Ramadan would 
demonstrate the success of the seven-month operation in the capital.
 
 Separately, a suspected al-Qaida in Iraq fighter believed responsible for the 
assassination of a U.S.-allied Sunni sheik was arrested north of the capital, 
the military said Sunday.
 
 In the late-morning blast in Tuz Khormato, 130 miles north of Baghdad, witnesses 
said a boy left the bicycle bomb near the cafe, which was located in a popular 
market and was one of the few open during daylight hours despite Ramadan. 
Tradition requires faithful to abstain from eating and drinking from sunrise to 
sunset during the monthlong observance.
 
 Two of the slain victims were in the cafe, while three were in the market, 
police chief Capt. Abbas Mohammed said. He also said 19 people were wounded.
 
 No one claimed responsibility for the attack.
 
 The government, meanwhile, faced a deepening political crisis with Saturday's 
announcement that anti-U.S. cleric Muqtada al-Sadr's followers were withdrawing 
from the Shiite alliance in parliament. Al-Sadr's followers hold 30 of the 275 
parliament seats.
 
 The announcement, made to reporters in Najaf, means the Shiite-led government 
can count on the support of only 108 parliament members -- 30 short of a 
majority. However, it could probably win the backing of the 30 independent 
Shiite parliamentarians, as well as some minor parties.
 
 Al-Sadr's decision will sharpen the power struggle among armed Shiite groups in 
the south, which includes major Shiite religious shrines and much of the 
country's vast oil resources.
 
 But Shiites have shown signs of increasing frustration with militia violence, 
much of it blamed on breakaway Mahdi Army factions and criminal gangs and 
extortion rings.
 
 American commanders in southern Iraq have said Shiite sheiks are showing 
interest in joining forces with the U.S. military against extremists, in much 
the same way that Sunni clansmen in the western part of the country have worked 
with American forces against al-Qaida in Iraq.
 
 One of those clansmen, Sheik Abdul-Sattar Abu Risha, was assassinated Thursday 
outside his compound in the Anbar capital of Ramadi, just days after he met with 
U.S. President Bush.
 
 The U.S. military said an al-Qaida linked militant believed responsible for his 
death -- Fallah Khalifa Hiyas Fayyas al-Jumayli, an Iraqi also known as Abu 
Khamis -- was seized Saturday.
 
 ''We do not assess that he was operating alone, there is an investigation and 
continuing operations that are focused on ensuring that all people who were 
involved in this attack or in this murder will be detained,'' said Rear. Adm. 
Mark Fox, a U.S. military spokesman.
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press writers Hamid Ahmed and Qassim Abdul-Zahra contributed to this 
report.
    
Bicycle Bomb Kills at Least 5 in Iraq, Police Say, NYT, 
16.9.2007, 
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html            Dozens 
Arrested in Antiwar Protest Near Capitol   September 
16, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID JOHNSTON
   WASHINGTON. 
Sept. 15 — A rally on Saturday to protest the war in Iraq, which began with a 
peaceful march of several thousand people to the Capitol, ended with dozens of 
arrests in a raucous demonstration that evoked the angry spirit of the Vietnam 
era protests of more than three decades ago.
 The police, including some officers dressed in riot gear, tried to halt 
demonstrators as they sought to climb over a low wall near the Capitol after a 
march that had begun near the White House in a festive atmosphere.
 
 The protest grew tense as the chanting, placard-carrying demonstrators gathered 
near the Capitol for a planned “die-in.” Officers struggled to keep 
demonstrators from breaking through their ranks and began arresting those who 
tried.
 
 Demonstrators were pushed to the ground, placed in plastic handcuffs and led 
away to the Capitol. Sgt. Kimberly Schneider, a spokeswoman for the Capitol 
Police, said that the authorities had arrested 189 people and that they would be 
charged with illegally crossing a police line. Two protesters and two police 
officers received minor injuries, Sergeant Schneider said.
 
 The antiwar demonstration was held on the same day as a separate event sponsored 
by a group called Gathering of Eagles, a veterans group.
 
 Before the antiwar marchers arrived, there was a brief physical altercation 
between some members of the antiwar group Code Pink and some of the 
demonstrators who said they were there to support the troops. The police moved 
in to break up the scuffle. As the antiwar demonstrators moved along 
Pennsylvania Avenue, the two sides continued to trade chants and sometimes 
heated messages, but lines of police officers intervened to keep the opposing 
sides apart.
 
 “What troubles me, the thing that is so dismaying, is they don’t realize the big 
picture,” said John Aldins, 54, who came from Media, Pa., with his wife, Karen, 
and daughter, Rachel, to show their support for the troops. The Aldins have 
three other children serving in the military. Rachel Aldins will join the Army 
in the fall to serve as a nurse.
 
 “It’s not just Iraq, it’s the whole Middle East,” Mr. Aldins said. “It’s not a 
red, blue or pink issue. It’s an all-of-us issue.”
 
 The protests came during a week in which Iraq dominated the attention of the 
White House and Congress. In a speech on Thursday, President Bush sought support 
for a substantial military presence in Iraq and a gradual troop reduction.
 
 Members of the Answer Coalition, the umbrella organization of activist groups 
behind the demonstration, are demanding an immediate troop withdrawal. Some of 
the protesters called for Mr. Bush’s impeachment. Speakers at the rally included 
familiar political and antiwar activists, among them Cindy Sheehan, Ralph Nader 
and Ramsey Clark.
 
 Brian Becker, a national coordinator for the coalition, said in a statement: 
“What Bush really intends is to keep U.S. troops in Iraq for years or decades to 
come. He plans to move forward with a policy that will continue to kill 
thousands of U.S. service members and hundreds of the thousands of Iraqis.”
 
 Several marchers said they were demonstrating against what they called the Bush 
administration’s false assertions about Iraq. Kim Druist, 39, a nurse from 
Plainsboro, N.J., who wore a camouflage shirt to represent solidarity with 
American troops, said she intended to be arrested to protest the testimony by 
Gen. David H. Petraeus earlier in the week in which he said there had been 
progress in Iraq. Ms. Druist referred the statement to as propaganda.
 
 Some people said they were protesting other Bush administration policies.
 
 Chris Hager, 62, of Falls Church, Va., and Wendy Salomon, 52, of Arlington, Va., 
walked through the crowd assembled in front of the White House wearing orange 
jumpsuits and dark hoods to represent the detainees in Guantánamo Bay and other 
detention centers. “We are here to help to get the American people to think 
about what is being done in our name,” Mr. Hager said.
 
 He added: “We want to make people think about what is happening. This certainly 
wasn’t the country I was brought up to believe in.”
 
 Sarah Abruzzese and Holli Chmela contributed reporting.
    
Dozens Arrested in Antiwar Protest Near Capitol, NYT, 
16.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/16/washington/16protest.html?hp            Top 
General Acknowledges Iraq Mistakes   September 
15, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 1:03 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- The U.S. military's top general acknowledged Friday that he made 
mistakes in his early Iraq war strategy but said he still has no doubt that 
invading the country was the right decision.
 Marine Gen. Peter Pace, retiring chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and one 
of the war's military architects, said he overestimated the ability of the Iraqi 
army to hold together after the invasion, and as a result underestimated the 
number of U.S. troops that would eventually be needed to fight the war.
 
 Offering a blunt assessment of the decisions and recommendations he made back in 
early 2003, an introspective Pace told Pentagon reporters that with the aid of 
20-20 hindsight, it's clear he made ''errors in assumption.''
 
 ''One of the mistakes I made in my assumptions going in was that the Iraqi 
people and the Iraqi army would welcome liberation, that the Iraqi army, given 
the opportunity, would stand together for the Iraqi people and be available to 
them to help serve the new nation,'' said Pace, who will leave the chairman's 
job on Oct. 1. ''If I knew that the Iraqi army was not going to be available, 
then I probably would have made a different recommendation about the total size 
force going in.''
 
 In retrospect, he said, ''you say you wish you knew, but you didn't know on the 
way in.''
 
 A Vietnam veteran who became the first Marine to chair the Joint Chiefs, Pace, 
61, became another political casualty of the Iraq war, more than four years into 
the conflict.
 
 Defense Secretary Robert Gates had planned to reappoint Pace for a second 
two-year term but in early June he changed his mind. Gates said he decided to 
replace Pace because the escalating discord -- particularly in Congress -- over 
the war would have triggered a bitter confirmation process, which would hurt the 
country.
 
 On Friday, Pace offered his most extensive public self-evaluation of his Joint 
Chiefs tenure -- which has included two years as chairman and four years as vice 
chairman.
 
 Believing that the Iraqi army could be rebuilt, retrained and equipped by the 
end of 2006, Pace said that he did not -- and never would think to -- recommend 
in early 2006 that the size of the U.S. Army and Marine Corps be expanded.
 
 But after the bombing of the revered Shiite mosque in Samarra in Feb. 2006, 
which unleashed widespread sectarian slaughter, it became clear that the U.S. 
would not be able to reduce force levels then and instead would have to beef up 
its own military to maintain troop rotations.
 
 So, by the end of the year, Pace and other military were endorsing an increase 
in the size of both the Army and the Marine Corps.
 
 Still, Pace said that after going back and reviewing his decisions, ''I am 
comfortable in my own mind, with the things that I knew at the time, the 
recommendations that I made.''
 
 Further, he said, he has not wavered in his belief that the U.S. made the right 
call by invading Iraq.
 
 Asked whether he still stands by comments he made several years ago when he said 
he had no doubts about the move, Pace did not hesitate.
 
 ''I absolutely do. Absolutely do. Absolutely do,'' he said.
 
 ''I'm proud of the fact that we stood and fought in Afghanistan and we are 
standing and fighting in Iraq. And did we make mistakes? Yes. But are we on the 
right path? Yes,'' he said, as Gates looked on. ''Is it providing additional 
freedom for Iraqis and Afghanis, providing additional freedom for us at home? 
You bet. The more free people around the world, the stronger our democracy is 
and the safer our democracy is.''
 
 ------
 
 On the Net:
 
 Joint Chiefs of Staff: http://www.jcs.mil
 
 Defense Department: 
http://www.defenselink.mil
    
Top General Acknowledges Iraq Mistakes, NYT, 15.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Pace-Iraq-Mistakes.html            Gates 
Raises Prospect of More Troop Cuts   September 
15, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 12:55 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- Defense Secretary Robert Gates raised the possibility Friday of cutting 
U.S. troop levels in Iraq to 100,000 by the end of next year, well beyond the 
cuts President Bush has approved.
 Stressing that he was expressing a hope, not an administration plan, Gates said 
it was possible that conditions in Iraq would improve enough to merit much 
deeper troop cuts than are currently scheduled for 2008.
 
 Asked at a news conference whether he was referring to lowering today's level of 
about 169,000 U.S. troops to about 100,000 by the end of next year, Gates 
replied, ''That would be the math.'' He quickly added, however, that because 
''there is no script'' in war, his hoped-for cuts could vanish.
 
 It was the first time a member of Bush's war cabinet had publicly suggested such 
deep reductions, perhaps offering a conciliatory hand to anti-war Democrats and 
some wary Republicans in Congress who have been pushing for troop reductions, a 
change in the U.S. mission and an end to the war.
 
 Democratic leaders seized on a White House report sent Friday to Congress as 
evidence that Bush's war policy is failing. The assessment showed that the Iraqi 
government was making satisfactory progress toward meeting nine of 18 political 
and military goals -- only one more satisfactory grade than in a July report.
 
 ''As hard as they may have tried to spin it, today's assessment by the White 
House on the political situation in Iraq once again shows that the president's 
flawed escalation policy is not working,'' Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, 
D-Nev., said in a statement. ''It certainly does not justify keeping 130,000 
soldiers mired in an open-ended civil war as the president has chosen to do.''
 
 Next week, the Senate is expected to resume debate on anti-war legislation.
 
 Gates used his news conference to launch an attack on efforts by Democrats to 
force Bush to change course in Iraq by imposing new restrictions on how the 
Pentagon uses or manages the armed forces.
 
 Gates was particularly pointed in his criticism of a proposal by Sen. James 
Webb, D-Va., to require that troops be given as much time at their home station 
as on deployments to the war front. Today, active-duty Army units are on 
15-month deployments with a promise of no more than 12 months rest, and Marines 
who spend seven or more months at war sometimes get six months or less at home.
 
 Gates said that while he believed such proposals are well-intentioned, they have 
serious flaws. He said, for example, that Webb's amendment, if enacted, would 
force him to consider again extending tours in Iraq.
 
 ''We would have to accept gaps in capability as units that rotate home aren't 
replaced right away for periods perhaps of weeks,'' Gates said. It also might 
put troops' lives in greater danger by reducing opportunities for incoming units 
to get acquainted with their responsibilities by working for a few weeks with 
outgoing units, he said.
 
 ''The other message that I worry that some of the amendments send is that it 
sends a signal to potential adversaries that we're stretched so thinly and that 
we are so strained that we cannot adequately respond to crises elsewhere in the 
world,'' Gates said. ''And that's not a correct view, if others should take it, 
but it is a worry.''
 
 In a visit to the Marine base at Quantico, Va., on Friday, Bush said commanders 
in Iraq would ''have the flexibility and the troops needed to achieve the 
mission,'' and he urged Congress to heed the advice of Gen. David Petraeus, the 
top U.S. commander in Iraq, not to withdraw too speedily.
 
 ''I also expect the Congress to support our men and women in uniform and their 
families,'' Bush said.
 
 Gates, striking an optimistic note, said that if the current plan for troop 
withdrawals between now and next summer are carried out fully, it is possible 
that some U.S. units will not have to serve a full 15 months.
 
 ''Maybe 14 months, 14 and a half months, 13 and a half months,'' he said. ''We 
just don't know right now. It will all depend on a lot of ifs. But just looking 
at the mathematics of it, that's a possibility.''
 
 Gates opened the Pentagon news conference with an appeal for a bipartisan 
consensus on a way forward in Iraq.
 
 ''The consequences of American failure in Iraq at this point would, I believe, 
be disastrous not just for Iraq but for the region, for the United States and 
for the world,'' Gates said. ''No discussion of where and how we go from here 
can avoid this stark reality.''
 
 Gates also said he saw early signs that Shiites in Iraq may be starting to turn 
against Shiite extremists in the Mahdi Army who have gone too far with their 
violent ways -- in the same way that a growing number of ordinary Sunnis have 
revolted against Sunni extremists to bring a new peace to Anbar province.
 
 Bush announced Thursday that he had approved a plan recommended by Petraeus to 
reduce troop levels from the current 20 combat brigades to 15 brigades by July. 
Gates said it was too early for Petraeus or others to forecast with confidence 
the timing and scale of any additional cuts.
 
 Bush has ordered Petraeus to make a further assessment and fresh recommendations 
next March.
 
 ''My hope is that when he does his assessment in March that General Petraeus 
will be able to say that he thinks that the pace of the drawdowns can continue 
at the same rate in the second half of the year as in the first half of the 
year,'' Gates said.
 
 ''That's my hope,'' Gates said, adding that experience has shown that hopes can 
be quickly dashed in a war that has been far more difficult and costly than 
anyone in the administration had expected.
 
 If the troop reductions through July 2008 that Bush has approved are carried out 
fully, the U.S. force in Iraq may be larger by several thousand troops that it 
was when Bush's troop buildup began early this year. That is because at least 
some of the roughly 8,500 support troops that went with 21,500 extra combat 
troops between February and June are likely to be kept in place, officials said.
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press writers Lolita C. Baldor, Anne Flaherty and Jennifer Loven 
contributed to this report.
    
Gates Raises Prospect of More Troop Cuts, NYT, 15.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq.html            Iraq: al 
- Qaida Group Threatens Sunnis   September 
15, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 3:23 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- An al-Qaida front group warns it will hunt down and kill Sunni Arab 
tribal leaders who cooperate with the U.S. and its Iraqi partners in the wake of 
the assassination of the leader of the revolt against the terror movement.
 The warning was contained in a statement posted Friday on an Islamist Web site 
claiming responsibility for the assassination of Abdul-Sattar Abu Risha, who 
spearheaded the uprising against al-Qaida in Anbar province west of the capital.
 
 In the statement, the Islamic State of Iraq said it had formed ''special 
security committees'' to track down and ''assassinate the tribal figures, the 
traitors, who stained the reputations of the real tribes by submitting to the 
soldiers of the Crusade'' and the Shiite-led government of Prime Minister Nouri 
al-Maliki.
 
 ''We will publish lists of names of the tribal figures to scandalize them in 
front of our blessed tribes,'' the statement added.
 
 U.S. officials hope Abu Risha's death will not reverse the tide against 
al-Qaida, which began last year when he organized Sunni clans to fight the 
terror movement, producing a dramatic turnaround in Ramadi and other parts of 
Anbar province.
 
 The revolt has spread to Sunni insurgent groups in Baghdad, Diyala province and 
elsewhere. Some insurgents who were ambushing U.S. troops a few months ago are 
now working alongside the Americans to rid their communities of al-Qaida.
 
 Abu Risha's brother Ahmed was elected head of the Anbar Awakening movement soon 
after the Thursday bombing at the family's heavily guarded compound on the 
outskirts of Ramadi.
 
 Iraqi officials said the roadside bomb was just outside Abu Risha's walled 
compound in view of a guard shack and an Iraqi police checkpoint.
 
 Abu Risha's assassination cast a cloud over President Bush's claims of progress 
in Iraq, especially in Anbar, which had been the center of the Sunni insurgency 
until the dramatic turnaround by the local sheiks. Bush met with Abu Risha 
during a visit to Anbar on Sept. 3.
 
 In a televised address Thursday, Bush ordered gradual reductions in U.S. forces 
in Iraq but rejected calls to end the war. More than 130,000 U.S. troops will 
remain after the withdrawals are completed in July.
 
 Defense Secretary Robert Gates on Friday raised the possibility of cutting U.S. 
troop levels to 100,000 or so by the end of 2008, if conditions on the ground 
improve enough.
 
 In Saturday's violence, an Iraqi soldier was killed when unidentified gunmen 
attacked a checkpoint in Baqouba, capital of Diyala province, Iraqi army said. 
The city had been a stronghold of the Islamic State until U.S. soldiers overran 
it in July.
 
 A joint Iraqi-U.S. force traded gunfire Saturday with a purported al-Qaida 
operative near the Diyala town of Muqdadiyah, killing him and arresting his son, 
provincial police said. Elsewhere in Diyala, police found a charred car with two 
unidentified bodies inside in the town of Khalis.
 
 To the south, American soldiers conducted house-to-house searches Saturday in 
the mostly Shiite city of Diwaniyah, killing one person and arresting two 
others, Iraqi police said. The neighborhood is controlled by Shiite militiamen.
 
 A roadside bomb exploded Saturday in Iskandariyah, 30 miles south of Baghdad, 
injuring five Iraqi soldiers and damaging one Humvee, the Iraqi army said. Two 
civilians were injured in a bombing near a police patrol in Mahaweel, 35 miles 
south of Baghdad, police said.
 
 ----
 
 Associated Press correspondent Maggie Michael contributed to this report from 
Cairo, Egypt.
    
Iraq: al - Qaida Group Threatens Sunnis, NYT, 15.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html            Gates 
Says US Defeat Would Be a Disaster   September 
14, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 3:54 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   WASHINGTON 
(AP) -- Defense Secretary Robert Gates said Friday that a U.S. defeat in Iraq 
would be ''disastrous'' and President Bush's strategy deserves bipartisan 
support in Congress.
 ''The consequences of American failure in Iraq at this point would, I believe, 
be disastrous not just for Iraq but for the region, for the United States and 
for the world,'' Gates told a Pentagon news conference.
 
 ''No discussion of where and how we go from here can avoid this stark reality,'' 
he added.
 
 Gates asserted that all senior military leaders fully agreed with the 
recommendations Gen. David Petraeus presented to Bush and to Congress, including 
his proposal to begin a modest troop withdrawal this year.
 
 Seated beside Marine Gen. Peter Pace, the soon-to-retire chairman of the Joint 
Chiefs of Staff, Gates said he deliberately kept quiet in public about his own 
opinions regarding a way forward in Iraq.
 
 In his first public remarks since Bush's announcement of troop reductions in 
Iraq starting this month, Gates said he saw little likelihood that he would 
recommend that Bush accelerate the drawdown, as many in Congress have 
recommended.
 
 Gates described the president's decision, announced Thursday evening, as 
representing ''the beginning of a transition of mission, beginning in 
December.''
 
 It was Gates' first Pentagon press conference since mid-July.
    
Gates Says US Defeat Would Be a Disaster, NYT, 14.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Gates.html            4 U.S. 
Soldiers Killed in Iraq Bombing   
September 14, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 3:43 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   
BAGHDAD (AP) -- Mourners vowed revenge and perseverance Friday at the funeral 
of the leader of the Sunni Arab revolt against al-Qaida militants, who was 
assassinated just 10 days after meeting with President Bush.
 In eastern Diyala province, meanwhile, a bomb exploded near a U.S. military 
vehicle on Friday, killing four American soldiers in, the U.S. command said. 
They were the first American deaths reported in Iraq since Monday.
 
 Late Friday, an al-Qaida front in Iraq claimed responsibility for assassinating 
Adbul-Sattar Abu Risha. A statement posted on the Internet by the Islamic State 
of Iraq called Abu Risha ''one of the dogs of Bush'' and described Thursday's 
killing as a ''heroic operation that took over a month to prepare.''
 
 Al-Qaida earlier had killed four of the sheik's brothers and six other relatives 
for working with the U.S. military.
 
 More than 1,500 mourners marched along the highway near the home of Abu Risha, 
who was killed along with two bodyguards and a driver by a bomb hidden near his 
house, just west of Ramadi.
 
 Scores of Iraqi police and U.S. military vehicles lined the route to protect the 
procession as it followed the black SUV carrying the sheik's Iraqi-flag draped 
coffin.
 
 ''We will take our revenge,'' the mourners chanted along the six-mile route to 
Risha's family cemetery, many of them crying. ''We will continue the march of 
Abu Risha.''
 
 Abu Risha was buried one year after the goateed, charismatic, chain-smoking 
sheik organized 25 Sunni Arab clans under the umbrella of the Anbar Awakening 
Council, an alliance against al-Qaida in Iraq, to drive terrorists from 
sanctuaries where they had flourished after the U.S.-led invasion in 2003.
 
 U.S. officials credit Abu Risha and allied sheiks with a dramatic improvement in 
security in such Anbar flashpoints as Fallujah and Ramadi after years of 
American failure to subdue the extremists. U.S. officials now talk of using the 
Anbar model to organize tribal fighters elsewhere in Iraq.
 
 Bush hailed Abu Risha's courage during his Sept. 3 visit to al-Asad Air Base in 
Anbar province, and vowed in his nationally televised address Thursday night to 
help others carry on his work.
 
 ''Earlier today, one of the brave tribal sheiks who helped lead the revolt 
against al-Qaida was murdered,'' Bush said Thursday. ''In response, a fellow 
Sunni leader declared: ''We are determined to strike back and continue our 
work.'' And as they do, they can count on the continued support of the United 
States.''
 
 Many high-ranking officials were on hand for the funeral, including Iraq's 
interior and defense ministers and National Security Adviser Mouwaffak 
al-Rubaie.
 
 ''We condemn the killing of Abu Risha, but this will not deter us from helping 
the people of Anbar -- we will support them more than before,'' al-Rubaie 
declared. ''It is a national disaster and a great loss for the Iraqi people -- 
Abu Risha was the only person to confront al-Qaida in Anbar.''
 
 But in open-air Friday prayers in the streets of Baghdad's Shiite slum Sadr 
City, a stronghold of anti-American cleric Muqtada al-Sadr, imam Muhanned 
al-Gharawi told thousands of worshippers that the assassination was an example 
of the government's inability to provide security for Iraq.
 
 ''The Iraqi people have lost trust with this government and killings are still 
going on -- the latest is the assassination of the Anbar Awakening Council 
leader,'' he said. ''Everyone is threatened with death in this country as long 
as the American Black House is still giving the orders.''
 
 In scattered violence around Iraq on Friday, a suicide truck bomb hit a police 
checkpoint near Beiji, 155 miles north of Baghdad, killing four policemen, a 
Beiji police officer said.
 
 South of Baghdad, unidentified gunmen killed three farmers who were taking their 
turn guarding a village, police said.
 
 Farther south in the city of Hillah, gunmen attacked the home of Col. Hussein 
Ali Hassoon al Khafaji, an Iraqi army battalion commander, killing a guard and 
wounding another, police said.
 
 In a helicopter assault mission west of Baghdad, three suspected insurgents were 
killed and three American soldiers were injured, the U.S. command said.
 
 Iraqi soldiers led the raid Thursday on a mosque in Karmah, a town in Iraq's 
western Anbar province some 50 miles west of the capital, the U.S. military said 
in a statement. The target was a high-ranking al-Qaida in Iraq leader, believed 
to be responsible for orchestrating murders, sniper attacks and the planting of 
roadside bombs.
 
 During the operation, people fleeing the mosque fired at American troops -- 
wounding three of them with non-life threatening injuries. U.S. and Iraqi forces 
retaliated with ground fire and close air support, killing three suspected 
insurgents, the military said.
 
 The military statement did not say whether the targeted al-Qaida figure was 
among the dead.
 
 Troops also discovered four rockets, roadside bomb-making materials and 
50-caliber ammunition rounds inside the mosque, the statement said.
 
 The U.S. command also released more details on the deadly Sept. 10 accident in 
Baghdad that killed seven soldiers, including two sergeants who helped write a 
New York Times op-ed article sharply critical of the Pentagon's assessment of 
the Iraq war.
 
 Sgt. Omar Mora and Sgt. Yance T. Gray were among seven NCOs who wrote the Aug. 
19 piece entitled ''The War As We Saw It'' expressing doubts about American 
gains in Iraq.
 
 Another co-author, Staff Sgt. Jeremy Murphy, was shot in the head while the 
article was being written. The Army Ranger and reconnaissance team leader flown 
to a military hospital in the United States and expected to survive.
 
 The U.S. command said the accident occurred in the Baghdad suburb of Shula when 
soldiers from the 1st Infantry Division's 2nd Brigade were in an armored 
transport truck on their way back from a raid in which they had captured three 
insurgents suspected of attacks on U.S. and Iraqi soldiers.
 
 ''The unit was returning to base after the raid when their vehicle apparently 
lost control and fell approximately 50 feet from a highway overpass,'' the 
military said in a statement.
 
 ------
 
 An Associated Press employee in Ramadi contributed to this report but his name 
with withheld for security reasons.
 
    4 U.S. Soldiers Killed 
in Iraq Bombing, NYT, 14.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html           
Report: Iraqis Losing Religious Freedom   
September 14, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 3:45 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   
WASHINGTON (AP) -- Religious freedom has sharply deteriorated in Iraq over 
the past year because of the insurgency and violence targeting people of 
specific faiths, despite the U.S. military buildup intended to improve security, 
a State Department report said Friday.
 The Annual Report on International Religious Freedom found the violence is not 
confined to the well-known rivalry between Sunni and Shia Muslims.
 
 ''The ongoing insurgency significantly harmed the ability of all religious 
believers to practice their faith,'' said the report released by Secretary of 
State Condoleezza Rice.
 
 In her remarks, Rice did not specifically address the situation in Iraq but said 
the report, covering 198 countries, was an important element of President Bush's 
efforts to promote religious freedom worldwide.
 
 ''Freedom of religion is integral to efforts to combat the ideology of hatred 
and intolerance that fuels global terrorism,'' she said.
 
 Rice did not answer reporters' questions and turned the presentation over to 
John Hanford, the department's ambassador at large for international religious 
freedom, who also did not mention Iraq in his opening remarks.
 
 ''What we're dealing with in Iraq is really a security situation that makes it 
difficult for religious practice to occur in a normal way,'' he said in answer 
to a reporter's question. He added that Iraq's constitution guarantees religious 
freedom but said that was hampered by sectarian violence and that worshippers 
were getting caught in the ''crossfire'' of broader attacks.
 
 The report, however, painted a starker picture in Iraq.
 
 ''Many individuals from various religious groups were targeted because of their 
religious identity or their secular leanings,'' the report said.
 
 It found that members of all religions in Iraq are ''victims of harassment, 
intimidation, kidnapping, and killings'' and that ''frequent sectarian violence 
included attacks on places of worship.''
 
 Muslims who practice less-strict versions of their faith suffer because 
''conservative and extremist Islamic elements exert tremendous pressure on 
society to conform to their interpretations of Islam's precepts,'' the report 
said.
 
 At the same time, it said, ''non-Muslims (are) especially vulnerable to pressure 
and violence, because of their minority status and, often, because of the lack 
of a protective tribal structure.''
 
 Conditions worsened after the February 2006 bombing of a prized Shia mosque in 
the town of Samarra, the report said, and have continued to deteriorate over the 
past year.
 
 ''Terrorist attacks rendered many mosques, churches, and other holy sites 
unusable'' and others closed under threat of attack, the report said.
 
 It listed 38 separate attacks perpetrated against adherents of various 
religions, many of them Christians, between July 2006 and June 2007. ''The 
magnitude of sectarian attacks on both Sunnis and Shia were also extremely high, 
albeit difficult to track,'' it said.
 
 The report did not cover August 2007, when 520 people -- mainly members of the 
Yazidi community, a Kurdish-speaking religious minority -- were killed in 
quadruple suicide bombings blamed on al-Qaida in Iraq.
 
 Outside of Iraq, the report also noted severe problems with religious freedom in 
a number of other Islamic or majority-Muslim nations, among them Afghanistan and 
Pakistan, both of which are U.S. allies in the war on terrorism.
 
 -- Afghanistan: ''Decades of war, years of Taliban rule, and weak democratic 
institutions, including a developing judiciary, have contributed to intolerance 
manifested in acts of harassment and violence against reform-minded Muslims and 
religious minorities.''
 
 -- Pakistan: Although the government has taken some steps to improve treatment 
of religious minorities, ''discriminatory legislation and the Government's 
failure to take action against societal forces hostile to those who practice 
minority faiths fostered religious intolerance, acts of violence, and 
intimidation against followers of certain religious groups.''
 
 -- Saudi Arabia: In a country where faiths other than Islam are illegal, which 
usually comes in for harsh criticism on lack of religious freedom, the report 
noted some positive progress.
 
 ''While overall government policies continue to place severe restrictions on 
religious freedom, there were some improvements in specific areas during the 
period covered by this report,'' it said, noting nascent moves that ''could lead 
to important improvements in the future.''
 
    Report: Iraqis Losing 
Religious Freedom, NYT, 14.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq-Religious-Freedom.html 
           
Military 
Analysis Why 
Officers Differ on Troop Reduction   September 
14, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD
   WASHINGTON, 
Sept. 13 — The view of the way forward in Iraq that President Bush articulated 
on Thursday night was the same one that Gen. David H. Petraeus, the top American 
commander in Iraq, has outlined in Washington all week. 
 It holds that the military effort there is showing signs of success, that too 
fast a withdrawal would be foolhardy, and that while the future will be 
difficult and full of setbacks, it is possible to envision that the American 
strategy will pay off in the future.
 
 But that vision, which defers a firm decision on steeper reductions in the 
force, remains deeply unpopular to some current and retired officers, who say 
the White House and its battlefield commander are continuing to strain the 
troops, with little prospect of long-term success.
 
 It is the second time in 10 months that Mr. Bush has opted for higher troop 
levels in Iraq than are favored by some of his senior military advisers. Among 
those who supported a smaller troop increase than the one Mr. Bush ordered last 
January were members of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.
 
 Now, some of his advisers would prefer setting a faster timetable for drawing 
the force back down.
 
 Some even suggest that Mr. Bush’s portrayal of the strategy as relying heavily 
on recommendations from General Petraeus has been more than a little 
disingenuous, given that it was unlikely that a battlefield commander would 
repudiate his own plans.
 
 “This approach can work for brief periods in many places, but it’s not a good 
long-term solution,” said Douglas A. Macgregor, a retired Army colonel and a 
critic of the Bush administration’s handling of Iraq. He called General 
Petraeus’s testimony “another deceitful attempt on the part of the generals and 
their political masters to extend our stay in the country long enough until Bush 
leaves office.”
 
 General Petraeus told lawmakers during two days of Congressional testimony this 
week that his plan for reducing the American presence in Iraq by five combat 
brigades through mid-July was “fully supported” by Adm. William J. Fallon, the 
chief of Central Command and the senior American commander in the Middle East, 
as well as by the Joint Chiefs of Staff.
 
 The general said, “There has been no recommendation I am aware of that would 
have laid out by any of those individuals a more rapid withdrawal.”
 
 He acknowledged though that he and other top-ranking officers had begun 
“discussions about the pace of the mission transition,” a debate that remains 
unresolved and is likely to flare up again early next year, during a promised 
further review of additional troop cuts.
 
 Among active-duty officers, the voices of skepticism about Mr. Bush’s approach 
have been more muted, but they have been significant. The officers who have 
pushed for deeper cuts have questioned whether his timetable — a drawdown to 15 
combat brigades next July, from 20 now — would allow the Army to meet its 
minimum goal of giving soldiers at least a year at home for every year they are 
deployed.
 
 Even before General Petraeus appeared before Congress this week, Gen. George W. 
Casey Jr., the Army chief of staff, last week questioned the significance of 
what his colleague had achieved.
 
 General Casey, who was General Petraeus’s predecessor as the top commander in 
Iraq, said that while the decision to send additional forces had produced a 
“tactical effect” and brought “a temporary and local impact on the security 
situation,” the “$64,000 question” was “whether the opportunities created by the 
military could be taken advantage of by the Iraqi political leadership.”
 
 “I think a smaller force will cause Iraqis to do more faster,” General Casey 
added, speaking at a breakfast sponsored by Government Executive magazine.
 
 Advisers close to General Petraeus say General Casey’s comments were hardly 
those of a disinterested observer, given that he was effectively dismissed from 
his post in Iraq as conditions worsened during his tenure.
 
 But his critique goes beyond deeper. He and others on the Joint Chiefs of Staff 
contend that the current force levels in Iraq cannot be sustained, given the 
current size of the Army.
 
 Among Mr. Bush’s other senior military advisers, differences about how deep the 
cuts should go appeared to have been set aside with the decision to postpone 
further decisions until next spring.
 
 Admiral Fallon was said by some officers to believe that only by giving the 
Iraqi government a clearer sense that the American troop commitment was limited 
would the Iraqis take steps aimed at achieving reconciliation.
 
 He also worries about having enough forces in reserve to handle contingencies 
outside Iraq and in Afghanistan.
 
 Adm. Michael G. Mullen, the current chief of naval operations, who takes over as 
chairman of the Joint Chiefs next month, has also raised concerns about force 
levels, though he also cautions against a withdrawal before the current strategy 
is allowed to work.
 
 The deeper doubts voiced by General Casey about the prospects for Iraqi 
reconciliation are shared by the retired general John P. Abizaid, who led the 
Central Command until January.
 
 “It was clear that putting additional troops in would gain temporary security,” 
General Abizaid said in a rare interview on Tuesday with The Associated Press.
 
 “What was not clear to me was what we were going to do diplomatically, 
economically, politically and informationally to make sure that we moved forward 
in a way that wasn’t just temporary.”
    
Why Officers Differ on Troop Reduction, NYT, 14.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/14/washington/14military.html?hp            Number 
of Soldiers to Be Left in Iraq Remains Unclear   September 
14, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD
   WASHINGTON, 
Sept. 13 — Though President Bush said he would withdraw five Army combat 
brigades and several Marine units from Iraq by next summer, as the top commander 
in Iraq had recommended, the White House was careful on Thursday not to be 
pinned down on just how many soldiers would remain.
 There are about 169,000 American troops in Iraq — that includes 20 combat 
brigades, a number that is to drop to 15 under the new plan — as well as a 
roughly equivalent number of support forces.
 
 The announced withdrawals would remove the same number of combat units as were 
sent to Iraq as part of the increase in forces ordered by President Bush this 
year. But the White House said troop totals may not return to exactly 133,000, 
the number deployed before the so-called surge began early this year, because of 
the need to keep in place specialized units, like the military police and 
helicopter squadrons.
 
 “It’s not a fixed number, because things change over time,” said a senior 
administration official, briefing reporters before the speech on the condition 
of anonymity.
 
 Officials also said it was difficult to give a firm figure for how many soldiers 
there are in a combat brigade, noting that there can be from 3,500 to 4,500 
soldiers, or even more.
 
 “It’s not simply five brigades times 3,500, plus 2,000 here and 4,000 there,” 
the official said. “So if you ask for White House math, whatever number we give 
you, we can guarantee you one thing: that won’t be the right number.”
 
 The administration official said Gen. David H. Petraeus, the senior commander in 
Iraq, “won’t necessarily be taking out the exact five brigades that surged.”
 
 “So, for example, today,” the official said, “would you expect him to take out a 
brigade along a sectarian fault line in Baghdad? No. He’s not going to create a 
vacuum there. He’ll take a brigade someplace where the security situation allows 
it.”
 
 When the administration announced in January that it was sending the additional 
forces to Iraq, officials estimated the increase at roughly 20,000 troops, 
including 4,000 marines. The actual buildup ultimately amounted to more than 
30,000 personnel, after counting combat support units and additional forces 
subsequently requested by General Petraeus.
 
 As the reinforcements arrived month by month, the force level rose to slightly 
more than 160,000 by July. It is even higher now, but the current level is an 
artificial bulge, military officials said, because units just arriving for their 
tours in Iraq and others due to go home overlap as part of the normal exchange 
of equipment and responsibility.
 
 But with a Marine Expeditionary Force and the first combat brigade due to come 
out later this year and not be replaced, the force total will fall below 160,000 
in December.
 
 One replacement Marine unit will not be far away, ready for action while at sea 
in the Persian Gulf region, an official said.
 
 Troop levels have fluctuated since the invasion of Iraq in 2003. The lowest 
level was reached in February 2004, at 115,000. Before the national elections in 
January 2005, more soldiers were sent in temporarily to provide security, 
briefly raising the total to about 160,000.
 
 Troop totals for other countries assisting the American effort in Iraq have come 
down steadily, to just more than 11,000 now from a high of 25,600 in early 2004. 
The number of people in Iraqi Army and police units has risen to around 445,000, 
military officials said.
    
Number of Soldiers to Be Left in Iraq Remains Unclear, 
NYT, 14.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/14/washington/14truthsquad.html            Bush 
Says Success Allows for Troop Cuts   
September 14, 2007The New York Times
 By STEVEN LEE MYERS and CARL HULSE
   
WASHINGTON, Sept. 13 — President Bush contended on Thursday night that his 
plan to begin withdrawing some troops from Iraq gradually was based on a 
principle he called “return on success,” saying that progress made so far could 
be squandered by the deeper and speedier reductions that the war’s opponents 
have demanded.
 Mr. Bush called for an “enduring relationship” with Iraq that would keep 
American forces there “beyond my presidency,” arguing that a free and friendly 
Iraq was essential to the security of the region and the United States. He cast 
the war in Iraq as a vital part of a strategy in the Middle East to defeat Al 
Qaeda and counter Iran.
 
 Evidently sensitive to how lower troop levels might be seen — by enemies abroad 
and critics at home — he emphasized in his address that early drawdowns were now 
possible only because the strategy of sending more troops to Iraq eight months 
ago had worked. He did not once use the word withdrawal.
 
 “The more successful we are, the more American troops can return home,” Mr. Bush 
said, trying once again to win support for a war in Iraq that remains deeply 
unpopular.
 
 The speech was the first time since the war began four and a half years ago that 
Mr. Bush had outlined a plan for troop reductions, to bring levels down from the 
current high of 169,000. He held out the prospect of more reductions but 
committed only to a plan that would withdraw by next July the additional combat 
units he ordered there in January, leaving a main body of more than 130,000 
troops intact.
 
 In the Democratic response, Senator Jack Reed of Rhode Island, a West Point 
graduate, said that Mr. Bush was making the case for an “endless and unlimited 
military presence in Iraq,” and he vowed that Congress would prevent it.
 
 “Once again, the president failed to provide either a plan to successfully end 
the war or a convincing rationale to continue it,” said Mr. Reed, an author of a 
Democratic proposal that would withdraw most combat troops by next spring, but 
still leave a significant force in Iraq to provide training and security.
 
 Mr. Bush’s 18-minute address culminated several weeks of political stagecraft 
that included several speeches and a presidential trip to Iraq but also relied 
heavily on Gen. David H. Petraeus, the top American commander in Iraq, to make 
the public case for a strategy overseen by the commander in chief.
 
 While promoting progress in Iraq, Mr. Bush conceded that his vision for Iraq 
would be a difficult one to achieve. That acknowledgment was punctuated with 
macabre timing by the assassination on Thursday of a Sunni sheik, Abdul Sattar 
Buzaigh al-Rishawi, who had led a group of tribal leaders into an alliance with 
the United States and who had met the president during his trip to Iraq only 10 
days ago.
 
 The White House clearly sought to maximize the political benefits from the 
announcement of a troop reduction, which some military officials said would have 
had to happen anyway unless the administration took the politically unpalatable 
step of extending troops’ tours in Iraq to longer than 15 months. The first 
5,700 troops affected by the pullback would leave Iraq this year — “by 
Christmas,” Mr. Bush said — and roughly 18,000 more would do so by mid-July 
2008.
 
 Still, other forces of what came to be called “the surge” could remain and new 
ones could be sent, administration and military officials said Thursday. As a 
result, the number of troops in Iraq could be higher in the summer of 2008 than 
it was in the fall of 2006 before the surge began, a fact likely to infuriate 
Mr. Bush’s critics and upset even some Republican supporters.
 
 Mr. Bush’s approach sets the stage for a legislative clash beginning next week 
in the Senate as Democrats renew their efforts to put together a bipartisan 
coalition to win approval of legislation forcing a change in policy in Iraq. 
Senator Harry Reid of Nevada, the majority leader, said Mr. Bush was “trying to 
run out the clock on his failed strategy and leave the hard decisions to the 
next president.”
 
 Many Democrats, including the presidential candidates Hillary Rodham Clinton and 
Barack Obama, have said some American military presence should continue in Iraq 
beyond Mr. Bush’s presidency. But his critics take it for granted that Mr. Bush 
envisions a presence much bigger and longer than the Democrats would endorse.
 
 Mr. Bush, in his remarks, seemed to hope that by beginning a withdrawal, it 
would mollify those who were increasingly alarmed by the size and cost of the 
commitment and unite Americans behind the war in a way they have rarely been 
from the start. “The way forward I have described tonight makes it possible, for 
the first time in years, for people who have been on opposite sides of this 
difficult debate to come together,” he said.
 
 That seemed unlikely.
 
 Democratic leaders did not wait for the formal remarks before they began to 
render a judgment. “He wants an open-ended commitment with an open wallet by the 
American people,” said Representative Rahm Emanuel of Illinois, the chairman of 
the House Democratic Caucus.
 
 As he has in previous addresses, the president sought to recast, or at least 
rephrase, the war’s overarching purpose. While the war began with an American 
invasion of Iraq, Mr. Bush said the United States and Iraq’s current government 
had the same “moral and strategic imperatives” — to forge an alliance with 
political, economic and military ties.
 
 “We must help Iraq defeat those who threaten its future and also threaten ours,” 
he said, citing the role played in Iraq by Iran and its allies, and by Al Qaeda 
in Mesopotamia, the home-grown Sunni militant group that American intelligence 
agencies have concluded is foreign-led. The extent of its links to Osama bin 
Laden’s network is unclear.
 
 “If we were to be driven out of Iraq, extremists of all strains would be 
emboldened,” Mr. Bush said. “Al Qaeda could gain new recruits and new 
sanctuaries. Iran would benefit from the chaos and would be encouraged in its 
efforts to gain nuclear weapons and dominate the region. Extremists could 
control a key part of the global energy supply.”
 
 At times, Mr. Bush offered a more upbeat assessment of conditions in Iraq than 
others have, including a flurry of reports that preceded Thursday’s speech. At 
times, his view seemed even rosier than General Petraeus’s did.
 
 His descriptions noted positive developments — “Ordinary life is beginning to 
return,” he said — while leaving out the grim realities of life in the shadow of 
death, without basic regular electricity or other services.
 
 He warned that pulling out of Iraq could cause “a humanitarian nightmare” but 
did not acknowledge that millions of Iraqis have already been displaced or have 
fled to neighboring countries.
 
 He noted that Iraq’s government was “sharing oil revenues with the provinces” 
without mentioning that discussions on a draft law to institutionalize the 
process — a key benchmark dictated by Congress — appear to have collapsed.
 
 Mr. Bush and other officials had pointed to the new alliance with the Sunni 
tribes in Anbar Province as one of the most hopeful developments in Iraq since 
the “surge” began. The national security adviser, Stephen J. Hadley, told the 
president of Sheik Abdul Sattar’s death just as Mr. Bush finished his daily 
political briefing on Thursday morning.
 
 This week’s testimony of General Petraeus and the American ambassador in Iraq, 
Ryan C. Crocker, had elated White House officials, who by midweek said they felt 
they would easily avoid any significant defections by Republican lawmakers and 
thus face no real legislative constraints in how the administration conducts the 
war.
 
 Some Republican strategists, in fact, expressed concern that Mr. Bush even gave 
Thursday night’s speech, suggesting, on condition of anonymity to shield 
themselves from retribution, that it would have been better to let the general 
have the last word.
 
 Still, it has been clear this week that the Democrats have too few votes to 
impose any real constraints on Mr. Bush’s policy, leaving the war’s harshest 
critics frustrated and angry. With so many troops remaining in Iraq well into 
2008, the debate over the war is likely to intensify during the presidential 
campaign.
 
 Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the Republican leader, on Thursday night 
expressed confidence that the Republicans could continue to block any effort to 
set a withdrawal date, and he said he believed that most of his colleagues were 
satisfied with the president’s approach.
 
 “The plan General Petraeus has laid out meets a demand that many of my members 
have been looking for, which is some sign of success that will allow us to 
reduce our forces in the near future,” Mr. McConnell said.
 
 Representative John A. Boehner of Ohio, the House Republican leader, on his way 
back from a two-day trip to Iraq, continued to herald signs of success he saw. 
But Mr. Boehner himself became part of the bitter debate over Iraq, saying in 
response to a question posed on CNN that “the investment that we’re making today 
will be a small price if we’re able to stop Al Qaeda here.”
 
 Democrats seized on the remark, accusing him of demeaning the death toll in 
Iraq, which as of Wednesday stood at 3,765, though aides said he referred only 
to the financial costs.
 
    Bush Says Success Allows 
for Troop Cuts, NYT, 14.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/14/washington/14prexy.html?hp            
Key 
Dates in Iraq War   September 
13, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 1:37 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   Key dates 
and events in the Iraq war:
 2003:
 
 March 17 -- President Bush gives Saddam Hussein 48-hour deadline to give up 
power. U.S.-led invasion of Iraq begins three days later.
 
 May 1 -- On an aircraft carrier under a ''Mission Accomplished'' banner, 
President Bush declares ''major combat operations in Iraq have ended.''
 
 Dec. 13 -- Saddam Hussein captured while hiding in hole in ground near Tikrit; 
hanged after trial.
 
 ------
 
 2004:
 
 April -- Photographs surface of prisoner abuse at Iraq's Abu Ghraib prison.
 
 June 28 -- The U.S. occupation authority turns formal power over to the interim 
Iraqi government.
 
 Oct. 6 -- Top U.S. arms inspector in Iraq finds no evidence that Saddam's regime 
produced weapons of mass destruction after 1991, discounting a main 
justification of the war.
 
 ------
 
 2005
 
 May 3 -- The first democratically elected Iraqi government sworn in.
 
 ------
 
 2006
 
 Feb. 23 -- At least 136 Iraqis are killed in sectarian violence a day after an 
explosion destroys the dome of a revered Shiite shrine in Samarra.
 
 Nov. 7 -- In U.S. congressional elections widely viewed as a referendum on the 
war, Republicans lose control of both the House and Senate.
 
 Nov. 8 -- Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld resigns; Bush nominates former CIA 
director Robert Gates as successor.
 
 Dec. 31 -- American deaths in the Iraq war reaches 3,000.
 
 ------
 
 2007
 
 Jan. 10 -- Bush commits more than 21,500 additional American troops to Iraq -- a 
military buildup that has grown to 30,000 with support troops.
 
 July 12 -- White House report required by Congress says Iraq has made 
satisfactory progress on eight of 18 political and security benchmarks, 
unsatisfactory progress on eight and that it's too early to judge progress on 
two.
   (This 
version CORRECTS date of two items from 2005 to 2006.)    
Key Dates in Iraq War, NYT, 13.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Bush-Iraq-Chronology.html            Sheik 
Led Sunni Fight Against Al - Qaida   September 
13, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 2:34 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Visitors often streamed in and out of Abdul-Sattar Abu Risha's walled 
compound in Ramadi, where he had several villas and a stock of camels just 
across the street from the city's largest American base.
 Smoking profusely, Abu Risha -- sporting a pistol at his waist -- would take 
endless calls on his cell phone. Lines of people waited to see the clan leader, 
including locals, tribal sheiks and Americans. He had near-daily meetings with 
American military officers.
 
 The demand was a sign of the young sheik's swift rise to become the lynchpin of 
the American strategy of turning Iraq's Sunni tribes against al-Qaida. But his 
position also brought him enemies: Al-Qaida in Iraq tried repeatedly to kill 
him, and some Sunnis saw him as an opportunist who took U.S. cash to build 
himself up.
 
 His importance to the U.S. was made clear by a Sept. 3 meeting with President 
Bush. On a surprise visit to Anbar province, Bush posed for photos with Abu 
Risha, who cut the figure of an Arab prince, with an immaculate gold-rimmed robe 
and a meticulously groomed goatee and a heavy mustache.
 
 Ten days later, Abu Risha -- in his late 30s -- was killed along with two 
bodyguards by a roadside bomb near his compound. His death may prove a setback 
to American success in Anbar, once a stronghold of the Sunni Arab insurgency and 
now cited as a model for the rest of Iraq.
 
 A year ago, Abu Risha launched his campaign to rally other tribes behind him to 
fight al-Qaida militants. The fight was personal: 10 of his relatives, including 
four of his brothers, were killed by al-Qaida for dealing with the U.S. 
military.
 
 Desperate for a success story in an increasingly unpopular war, the U.S. 
military embraced Abu Risha. Iraq's government grudgingly followed suit, despite 
its fear of boosting another armed group that could turn against it. The result 
was a dramatic decrease in violence in Anbar.
 
 ''A year ago the province was assessed 'lost' politically,'' Gen. David 
Petraeus, the top U.S. commander in Iraq, told a congressional hearing Monday. 
''Today, it is a model of what happens when local leaders and citizens decide to 
oppose al-Qaida and reject its Taliban-like ideology.''
 
 After Abu Risha's meeting with Bush, the government quickly allocated an 
additional $70 million to Anbar's budget. Some areas of the province receive as 
much as 20 hours of electricity daily compared to only 2 in most of Baghdad.
 
 Abu Risha was eager to spread the fight against al-Qaida to other parts of the 
country.
 
 ''We have worked with all the tribes of the south,'' he said in a recent 
interview with Al-Jazeera English, aired Sunday. ''I have worked with all Iraqi 
tribes and they are all under my leadership.''
 
 Abu Risha belonged to a small clan of the Dulaimi tribe, Anbar's largest, and 
was one of a number of young leaders who rose up as Sunni tribal elders fled or 
were killed in the province. He ran a construction and import-export family 
business with offices in Jordan and Dubai.
 
 He was usually greeted with chants of support every time he showed up on the 
streets of Ramadi, the war-ravaged provincial capital 70 miles west of Baghdad.
 
 ''We owe Abu Risha and his people for giving us back our lives,'' said Saad 
Ibrahim, who runs a falafel eatery in Ramadi where he says al-Qaida fighters 
ruled supreme until driven out by men from Abu Risha's Anbar Awakening Council.
 
 Little is known of Abu Risha's past before his anti-Qaida campaign. Many of 
Anbar's clans benefited from money from ousted leader Saddam Hussein.
 
 The oldest of Abu Risha's three children is a 12-year-old boy called Saddam -- 
though that is not necessarily evidence of his politics. Thousands of parents 
named their newborns after the former dictator either out of admiration or to 
deflect the attention of regime informants.
 
 Among Abu Risha's chief rivals in Anbar was Ali Hatem al-Suleiman, another 
leader in the Duleimi tribe.
 
 ''Clans that cooperated with the British nearly a century ago still live in 
shame,'' al-Suleiman told the AP by telephone Wednesday, referring to Britain's 
period of colonial rule in Iraq. ''Only a mercenary would meet with Bush, who 
had no business coming to Anbar anyway.''
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press correspondent Todd Pitman contributed to this report.
    
Sheik Led Sunni Fight Against Al - Qaida, NYT, 13.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Obit-Abu-Risha.html            Bomb 
Kills Sunni Sheik Working With U.S. in Iraq   
September 13, 2007The New York Times
 By ALISSA J. RUBIN and GRAHAM BOWLEY
   
BAGHDAD, Sept. 13 — The leader of a group of local Sunni tribes cooperating 
with American and Iraqi forces in fighting extremist Sunni militants in Anbar 
Province was killed by a bomb today, Iraqi police officials said, in a blow to 
an effort President Bush has held up as a model of progress.
 The Sunni leader, Abdul Sattar Buzaigh al-Rishawi, who met and shook hands with 
Mr. Bush during his visit to a military base in the province last week, led the 
Anbar Salvation Council, an alliance of clans supporting the Iraqi government 
and American forces. Initial reports suggested he was killed either by a bomb in 
his car or by a roadside bomb close to his car near his home in Ramadi in Anbar 
Province, the sprawling region west of Baghdad.
 
 Sheik Abdul Sattar, 35, as he was known to Iraqis and American commanders, had 
become the public face of the Sunni Arab tribes in lawless Anbar Province who 
turned against the Sunni jihadists of Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia and began to fight 
on the side of the Shiite-led Iraqi government and the American military.
 
 The progress in Anbar became one of the rare bright spots for the American 
military in Iraq. In the trip last week, Mr. Bush chose to stop in Anbar rather 
than Baghdad and forcefully directed attention at the security gains the growing 
alliance between American and tribal forces had brought. Sheik Abdul Sattar was 
among the tribal leaders who met with him on Sept. 3 at al-Asad Air Base in 
Anbar. The White House condemned the killing, saying Sheikh Abdul Sattar’s 
actions exemplified “the courage and determination of the Iraqi people,” a 
spokeswoman, Katherine L. Starr, said in a statement.
 
 “His death also reminds us that the struggle will require continued 
perseverance, and the Iraqis are increasingly turning away from Al Qaeda, as a 
result of such extreme acts of violence,” Ms. Starr said.
 
 His was the latest and most prominent assassination of a tribal leader involved 
in the effort to fight Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia, the homegrown Sunni Arab 
extremist group that American intelligence agencies have concluded is led by 
foreigners. The extent of its links to Osama bin Laden’s network is not clear.
 
 His death comes as Mr. Bush prepares to discuss his Iraq strategy in a 
nationwide address in the United States this evening.
 
 It could be a significant setback for American efforts to work more closely with 
local tribes against Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia. Recently the council had begun to 
reach out to other tribes to bring them into closer cooperation with the 
American and Iraqi government, and had met recently with southern Shiite 
leaders.
 
 The authorities imposed a state of emergency in Anbar Province after his 
assassination, police officials said. At least one other person escorting him 
was also killed in the explosion.
 
 “This action makes a crack and makes it a mess for all those who wanted to be 
aligned with him,” said Salim al-Jubouri, a spokesman for the largest Sunni Arab 
block in the Iraqi Parliament. “I believe there are other leaders who will take 
this on, but this is not easy.”
 
 Just last year some senior military officers had all but given up on bringing 
security to Anbar. But since then, the Sunni sheiks banded together to fight 
militants loyal to Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia and supply young men to the police, 
an effort that brought a significant turnabout and has allowed the American 
military to claim some success. With many of the Sunni sheiks calling on their 
followers to join the Iraqi Army and the police, and declaring the Qaeda group a 
common enemy of Iraqi Sunnis, levels of violence across much of Anbar dropped 
sharply, especially in the capital, Ramadi, and in towns along the Euphrates.
 
 American commanders have acknowledged that the strategy was fraught with risk 
since some of the Sunni groups have been suspected of involvement in past 
attacks on American troops or of having links to such groups.
 
 Some of the groups, American commanders say, have been provided with arms, 
ammunition, cash, fuel and supplies, usually through Iraqi military units allied 
with the Americans.
 
 American officers who have engaged in what they call outreach to the Sunni 
groups have said that many of them had past links to Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia but 
had grown disillusioned with the Islamic militants’ extremist tactics, 
particularly suicide bombings that have killed thousands of civilians.
 
 In exchange for American support, these officials say, the Sunni groups agreed 
to fight Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia and halt attacks on American units. But critics 
of the strategy, including some American officers, have said it could amount to 
the Americans’ arming both sides in a future civil war.
 
 But the close association with the American military has come at a cost to the 
tribal leaders. In May, masked gunmen in the volatile city of Falluja 
assassinated a prominent Sunni tribal leader, Allawi al-Issawi, who had joined 
the opposition to the terrorist groups linked to Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia. Less 
than three hours later, as mourners gathered for a funeral procession outside 
his home, a suicide bomber drove into the crowd, killing at least 27 people and 
wounding dozens of others.
 
 In June, a suicide bomber assassinated four Sunni sheiks who were cooperating 
with Americans in Anbar Province, detonating an explosive belt as they gathered 
inside a large Baghdad hotel.
 
 In July, a suicide truck bombing north of Baghdad was again apparently aimed at 
a meeting of Sunni tribal sheiks who had recently agreed to oppose extremists 
allied with Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia. Five people were killed in that attack and 
12 wounded, Interior Ministry officials said. It was unclear whether any sheiks 
were victims.
 
    Bomb Kills Sunni Sheik 
Working With U.S. in Iraq, NYT, 13.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/13/world/middleeast/13cnd-iraq.html?hp 
           
2 
Soldiers Who Wrote About Life in Iraq Are Killed   September 
12, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID STOUT
   WASHINGTON, 
Sept. 12 — “Engaging in the banalties of life has become a death-defying act,” 
the seven soldiers wrote of the war they had seen in Iraq.
 They were referring to the ordeals of Iraqi citizens, trying to go about their 
lives with death and suffering all around them. They did not know it at the 
time, but they might almost have been referring to themselves.
 
 Two of the soldiers who wrote of their pessimism about the war, in an Op-Ed 
article that appeared in The New York Times on Aug. 19, were killed in Baghdad 
on Monday. They were not killed in combat, nor on a daring mission. They died 
when the five-ton cargo truck they were riding in overturned.
 
 The victims, Staff Sgt. Yance T. Gray, 26, and Sgt. Omar Mora, 28, were among 
the authors of “The War as We Saw It,” in which they expressed doubts about 
reports of progress.
 
 “As responsible infantrymen and noncommissioned officers with the 82nd Airborne 
Division soon heading back home, we are skeptical of recent press coverage 
portraying the conflict as increasingly manageable and feel it has neglected the 
mounting civil, political and social unrest we see every day,” the soldiers 
wrote.
 
 “My son was a soldier in his heart from the age of 5,” Sergeant Gray’s mother, 
Karen Gray, said by telephone today from Ismay, Mont., where Yance grew up. “He 
loved what he was doing.”
 
 “But he wasn’t any mindless robot,” said the sergeant’s father, Richard Gray. 
Sergeant Gray leaves a wife, Jessica, and a daughter, Ava, born in April. He is 
also survived by a brother and sister.
 
 Sergeant Mora’s mother, Olga Capetillo of Texas City, Tex., told The Daily News 
in Galveston that her son had grown increasingly gloomy about Iraq. “I told him 
God is going to take care of him and take him home,” she said.
 
 A native of Ecuador, Sergeant Mora had recently become an American citizen. “He 
was proud of this country, and he wanted to go over and help,” his stepfather, 
Robert Capetillo, told The Houston Chronicle. Sergeant Mora leaves a wife, 
Christa, and a daughter, Jordan, who is 5. Survivors also include a brother and 
sister.
 
 While the seven soldiers were composing their article, one of them, Staff Sgt. 
Jeremy A. Murphy, was shot in the head. He was flown to a military hospital in 
the United States and is expected to survive. The other authors were Buddhika 
Jayamaha, an Army specialist, and Sgts. Wesley D. Smith, Jeremy Roebuck and 
Edward Sandmeier.
 
 “We need not talk about our morale,” they wrote in closing. “As committed 
soldiers, we will see this mission through.”
    
2 Soldiers Who Wrote About Life in Iraq Are Killed, NYT, 
12.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/12/washington/12cnd-troops.html            
Officials: Bush to Announce Troop Cut   
September 11, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 11:18 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   
WASHINGTON (AP) -- President Bush will tell the nation Thursday evening that 
he plans to reduce the American troop presence in Iraq by as many as 30,000 by 
next summer but will condition those and further cuts on continued progress, The 
Associated Press has learned.
 In a 15-minute address from the White House at 9 p.m. EDT, Bush will endorse the 
recommendations of his top general and top diplomat in Iraq, following their 
appearance at two days of hearings in Congress, administration officials said. 
The White House plans to issue a written status report on the troop buildup on 
Friday, they said.
 
 The officials spoke on condition of anonymity because Bush's speech is not yet 
final. Bush was rehearsing and polishing his remarks even as the U.S. commander 
in Iraq, Gen. David Petraeus, and U.S. Ambassador Ryan Crocker were presenting 
their arguments for a second day on Capitol Hill.
 
 In the speech, the president will say he understands Americans' deep concerns 
about U.S. involvement in Iraq and their desire to bring the troops home, they 
said. Bush will say that, after hearing from Petraeus and Crocker, he has 
decided on a way forward that will reduce the U.S. military presence but not 
abandon Iraq to chaos, according to the officials.
 
 The address will stake out a conciliatory tone toward Congress. But while 
mirroring Petraeus' strategy, Bush will place more conditions on reductions than 
his general did, insisting that conditions on the ground must warrant cuts and 
that now-unforeseen events could change the plan.
 
 Petraeus recommended that a 2,000-member Marine unit return home this month 
without replacement. That would be followed in mid-December with the departure 
of an Army brigade numbering 3,500 to 4,000 soldiers. Under the general's plan, 
another four combat brigades would be withdrawn by July 2008.
 
 That could leave the U.S. with as few as 130,000-135,000 troops in Iraq, down 
from about 168,000 now, although Petraeus was not precise about whether all the 
about 8,000 support troops sent with those extra combat forces would be 
withdrawn by July.
 
 Petraeus said he foresaw even deeper troop cuts beyond July, but he recommended 
that Bush wait until at least March to decide when to go below 130,000 -- and at 
what pace.
 
 At the White House, Bush met with House and Senate lawmakers of both parties and 
he publicly pledged to consider their views. Senate Minority Leader Mitch 
McConnell, R-Ky., said the president didn't talk about the nationwide address.
 
 House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., said Bush appears poised merely to bring 
the country back to where it was before the election that put Democrats in 
control of Congress -- with 130,000 troops in Iraq.
 
 ''Please. It's an insult to the intelligence of the American people that that is 
a new direction in Iraq,'' she said. ''We're as disappointed as the public is 
that the president has a tin ear to their opinion on this war.''
 
 In his speech, Bush will adopt Petraeus' call for more time to determine the 
pace and scale of future withdrawals and offer to report to Congress in March, 
one official said.
 
 As Petraeus and Crocker have, Bush will acknowledge difficulties, and the fact 
that few of the benchmarks set by Congress to measure progress of the buildup 
have been met, the official said. Yet, he will stress that a precipitous U.S. 
withdrawal would be a catastrophe for Iraq and U.S. interests.
 
 The president will discuss ''bottom up'' security improvements, notably in Anbar 
Province, which he visited on Labor Day and where Sunni leaders have allied 
themselves with U.S. forces to fight insurgents. And, he will note incremental 
progress on the political front despite unhelpful roles played by Iran and 
Syria, the official said.
 
 Crocker was particularly keen on detailing diplomatic developments, including 
Saudi Arabia's move to open an embassy in Baghdad and a third conference of 
Iraqi neighbors to be hosted by Turkey in Istanbul at the end of October.
 
 In Congress, cracks in Republican support for the Iraq war remained, as 
epitomized by heated questioning Tuesday of Petraeus.
 
 ''Is this a mission shift?'' asked Sen. Lisa Murkowski, R-Alaska. ''Are we 
continuing down the same path that we have laid out before, entirely reliant on 
the ability of the Iraqis to come together to achieve that political 
reconciliation?''
 
 Sen. Norm Coleman said he wants a longer-term vision other than suggestions that 
Petraeus and Crocker return to Capitol Hill in mid-March to give another 
assessment. ''Americans want to see light at the end of the tunnel,'' said 
Coleman, R-Minn.
 
 Many rank-and-file Republicans say they are deeply uneasy about keeping troops 
in Iraq through next summer, but they also remain reluctant to embrace 
legislation ordering troops home by next spring. Democrats, under substantial 
pressure by voters and politically influential anti-war groups, had anticipated 
that a larger number of Republicans by now would have turned against Bush on the 
war because of grim poll numbers and the upcoming 2008 elections.
 
 Indeed, Petraeus' testimony helped to solidify support elsewhere in the GOP, 
keeping Democrats far from the 60 votes they needed to pass legislation ordering 
troops home.
 
 ''Americans should be happy that we can begin to reduce troop levels months 
ahead of schedule,'' said Sen. Pete Domenici, R-N.M.
 
 ''I'm optimistic that when the votes are counted, they'll be roughly the same as 
they have been all year,'' said McConnell, the Senate Republican leader. ''As 
you know, we've lost some, but not a lot and I think that's a likely outcome 
again.''
 
 Echoing testimony given to the House on Monday, Petraeus and Crocker 
acknowledged that Iraq remains largely dysfunctional but said violence had 
decreased since the influx of added U.S. troops.
 
 Crocker said he fears that announcing troop withdrawals, as Democrats want, 
would focus Iraqi attention on ''building the walls, stocking ammunition and 
getting ready for a big nasty street fight'' rather than working toward 
reconciliation. ''It will take longer than we initially anticipated'' for Iraq's 
leaders to address the country's problems, he said.
 
 The two days of testimony seemed to turn the debate away from the list of 18 
benchmarks by which the White House and Iraq's government had said earlier this 
year that they preferred to measure progress. The administration has protested 
more recently that the benchmarks offer an unrealistic or incomplete look at the 
situation.
 
 The hearing fell on the anniversary of the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.
 
 In an unusual admission, Petraeus said he was not sure whether his proposal on 
Iraq would make America safer.
 
 A visibly heated Sen. John Warner, R-Va., asked the question to which Petraeus 
said: ''Sir, I don't know, actually. I have not sat down and sorted that out in 
my mind. What I have focused on and riveted on is how to accomplish the mission 
of the multinational force Iraq.''
 
    Officials: Bush to 
Announce Troop Cut, NYT, 11.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-US-Iraq.html            
Thousands of GIs Cope With Brain Damage   September 
10, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 3:41 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   NASHVILLE, 
Tenn. (AP) -- The war in Iraq is not over, but one legacy is already here in 
this city and others across America: an epidemic of brain-damaged soldiers.
 Thousands of troops have been diagnosed with traumatic brain injury, or TBI. 
These blast-caused head injuries are so different from the ones doctors are used 
to seeing from falls and car crashes that treating them is as much faith as it 
is science.
 
 ''I've been in the field for 20-plus years dealing with TBI. I have a very 
experienced staff. And they're saying to me, 'We're seeing things we've never 
seen before,''' said Sandy Schneider, director of Vanderbilt University's brain 
injury rehabilitation program.
 
 Doctors also are realizing that symptoms overlap with post-traumatic stress 
disorder, and that both must be treated. Odd as it may seem, brain injury can 
protect against PTSD by blurring awareness of what happened.
 
 But as memory improves, emotional problems can emerge: One of the first 
''graduates'' of Vanderbilt's program committed suicide three weeks later.
 
 ''Of all the ones here, he would not have been the one we would have thought,'' 
Schneider said. ''They called him the Michelangelo of Fort Campbell'' -- a guy 
who planned to go to art school.
 
 As more troops return from the war, brain injuries are a growing burden -- for 
them, for the few programs to treat them, and for taxpayers who pay for their 
care and disability if they cannot hold jobs.
 
 Most TBIs are mild, and most of these patients recover within a year. But 
one-fifth of the troops with these mild injuries will have prolonged or lifelong 
symptoms and need continuing care, the military estimates. Nearly all of the 
moderate and severe ones will, too.
 
 Though the full number of those suffering from TBI is still unknown, the problem 
is straining the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Until now, ''they were 
dealing with a cohort of aging veterans with diabetes, heart disease, lung 
disease,'' said Dr. Jeffrey Drazen, editor-in-chief of the New England Journal 
of Medicine and a VA adviser.
 
 Now, these young, brain-injured troops need highly specialized care, and how 
much it will help long-term is unknown, he said.
 
 People with TBI have frequent headaches, dizziness, and trouble concentrating 
and sleeping. They may be depressed, irritable and confused, and easily provoked 
or distracted. Speech or vision also can be impaired.
 
 Some sufferers have been misdiagnosed with personality disorders. Others have 
lost jobs because of unrecognized and untreated symptoms.
 
 ''It's the so-called invisible injury. It's where a troop takes 10 times the 
normal time to pack his rucksack ... a complicated injury to the most 
complicated part of the body,'' said Dr. Alisa Gean, a neurosurgeon at the 
University of California, San Francisco.
 
 Diagnosing it is imprecise -- damage rarely shows up on CAT scans or other 
tests.
 
 Treating it is even more difficult. Lacking a cure, doctors focus on symptoms -- 
headaches, anxiety, vision problems, etc. But they lack good treatments for some 
of these, too, and are considering some experimental approaches being pushed by 
private companies with little proof they work.
 
 Many troops get no care at all. Some are sent back to fight with their brain 
injuries undetected, especially if they had no obvious wounds.
 
 What happened to Eric O'Brien and Bryan Malone shows the scope of this problem.
 
 ------
 
 O'Brien, a 32-year-old Army staff sergeant from Iowa's Quad Cities, was teasing 
Malone, 22, a specialist from Haughton, La., in a Baghdad gym last summer.
 
 ''I told him and his workout partner: 'Put some more weight on it,''' prompting 
the men to get up. Seconds later, a rocket hit where they had sat. They 
survived, but a pressure wave from the blast coursed through their brains.
 
 ''I patted myself down head to toe, making sure I wasn't missing a limb,'' and 
felt odd, like ''I must be missing a chunk of my head,''' O'Brien said. He 
remembers little else except walking through debris to pick up his iPod and 
sunglasses.
 
 As for Malone, an air conditioning vent had fallen on his head and he had 
shrapnel wounds. He had multiple surgeries, spent several months in Walter Reed 
Army Medical Center and now has titanium mesh reinforcing his skull.
 
 O'Brien, however, had shrapnel removed from his scalp and then was sent back to 
his unit -- ''no antibiotics, no pain medication or anything. They just sent me 
on my way.''
 
 When he later complained of pain, doctors gave him Motrin. When he discovered a 
trickle of blood from his hip, they said he would be fine. Six weeks later, when 
he could barely walk, tests revealed shrapnel in his hip. By then, he was having 
headaches and trouble sleeping.
 
 O'Brien had been through multiple previous explosions -- troops average one a 
month, a study found -- and each raises the risk that the next one will do harm. 
Soldiers and Marines are proud and reluctant to go ''off mission'' just because 
''they get their bell rung,'' said Dr. Michael Kilpatrick, a top Defense 
Department physician.
 
 ''Most of the treatment is explaining the situation and giving the tincture of 
time -- giving it time to heal,'' he said. If no big symptoms appear in eight to 
12 hours, ''they're probably ready to go back.''
 
 Officers also face pressure to return troops to duty, said Jordan Grafman, a 
neuroscientist who studies TBI at the National Institutes of Health.
 
 ''People don't want to lose these guys from their command -- they can't replace 
them fast enough,'' he said.
 
 During a surprise visit to Iraq with President Bush on Labor Day, Gen. Peter 
Pace, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said the military was ''much 
smarter about this now,'' and urged troops to watch for signs of TBI and 
post-traumatic stress.
 
 ''They are every bit as much battle injuries as is a bullet or shrapnel. It is 
OK, it is OK to seek help for those kinds of war wounds, and I ask you all to 
help your buddies understand what you see in them,'' he said.
 
 But that was long after O'Brien was hurt. His TBI was not diagnosed for months, 
until his hip injury landed him back at Fort Campbell in Kentucky. By then, the 
Army needed help treating TBI and was contracting with private rehab centers 
like Schneider's at Vanderbilt.
 
 Malone and O'Brien had become friends, helping each other cope with wounds.
 
 ''They were sent to us together,'' Schneider said.
 
 ------
 
 ''I'll need to get milk and bread and eggs. Milk and bread and eggs. Next thing 
you know, I drive right by Wal-Mart,'' O'Brien said.
 
 ''I can vaguely tell you what we talked about at the beginning of this 
conversation,'' Malone said.
 
 Memory trouble is a common sign of TBI. It isn't like Alzheimer's disease, where 
people are so disconnected from reality that they forget things like how a key 
works or where they live. It isn't like amnesia, where a chunk of the past is 
missing.
 
 ''I don't have any problem remembering the past. I have trouble with now,'' 
O'Brien said.
 
 Multiple or complex tasks confound and irritate people with TBI. Therapists 
challenge them through exercises, like a computer game where they run a hot dog 
stand and must manage inventory, set prices, do banking and anticipate demand 
according to the weather.
 
 Other therapy focuses on life skills like following directions while paying 
attention to something else.
 
 ''I counted three trash cans,'' O'Brien announced after a scouting mission to 
find landmarks using a map and tally cans along the way.
 
 ''I counted five,'' said therapist Jenny Owens.
 
 Improving these skills is key to living a normal life, especially driving.
 
 ''Most of them don't drive. A van brings them down. They were hitting mailboxes, 
they'd get lost. We draw them maps and they forget when they're supposed to be 
here,'' Schneider said.
 
 The Army gives some injured soldiers Palm Pilots -- handheld computers to help 
manage their lives.
 
 ''It costs them more for us to miss two appointments than to give us one of 
these,'' O'Brien explained.
 
 But devices and mental exercises do only so much. Troops must be able to use 
information and reason, but TBI keeps many from being aware of their gaps.
 
 ''They don't realize their judgment is impaired,'' said Vanderbilt 
neuropsychologist Elizabeth Fenimore.
 
 The training that helped them in combat situations is hurting them now.
 
 ''These guys are taught to be alert all the time,'' so they sleep poorly, 
Schneider said.
 
 ''Their nervous system becomes acclimated to being constantly on alert -- fight 
or flight,'' Fenimore said.
 
 Malone knows it well.
 
 ''I worry about every little thing -- people breaking into my house, loud booms 
... I'm jumpy,'' he said.
 
 ------
 
 ''I'm going to Afghanistan next year,'' said O'Brien, determined to stay in the 
Army and support his two daughters, who live with his ex-wife in Texas.
 
 ''I'm trying,'' added Malone. ''They're telling me they don't think my brain can 
take it. I think, 'Why don't you let me decide?'''
 
 Doctors don't know whether either will return. But after all they've been 
through, if one does and the other does not, ''it's going to be tough,'' Malone 
said. ''It's going to be tough for whichever one stays back.''
 
 ------
 
 Associated Press writer Christine Simmons in Washington contributed to this 
report.
 
 ------
 
 On the Net:
 
 Centers for Disease Control:
 
 http://www.cdc.gov/ncipc/factsheets/tbi.htm
 
 National Institutes of Health:
 
 http://www.ninds.nih.gov/disorders/tbi/detail--tbi.htm
     
Thousands of GIs Cope With Brain Damage, NYT, 10.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Coming-Home-Wounded-Brain-Injuries.html
           Slow 
Progress Being Made in Iraq, Petraeus Tells Congress   September 
10, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID STOUT
   WASHINGTON, 
Sept. 10 — Gen. David H. Petraeus, the top American military commander in Iraq, 
told Congress this afternoon that the United States by next summer should be 
able to reduce its troop strength there to about 130,000, or what it was before 
the recent increase.
 Returning to the “pre-surge” strength by pulling out 30,000 troops could 
probably be done without jeopardizing the hard-won progress made in Iraq, 
General Petraeus told House members at an emotionally charged hearing that was 
in some ways reminiscent of the Vietnam era. He said no decision on further 
withdrawals should be made until next March.
 
 The gradual pullback of American troops should begin this month with the 
withdrawal of the 13th Marine Expeditionary Unit, which is based at Camp 
Pendleton, Calif., General Petraeus said. He said he had recommended that move 
to President Bush.
 
 The general, whose testimony today was the most eagerly awaited appearance in 
decades by a military leader on Capitol Hill, said he envisioned the United 
States achieving “success” in Iraq, “although doing so will be neither quick nor 
easy.”
 
 Iraq continues to be torn by foreign and home-grown terrorists and plain thugs, 
the general said. Syria and Iran continue to meddle in Iraq, he said. And 
continued competition among sectarian groups in Iraq is inevitable; the 
overriding is whether that competition will continue to be violent, as it has 
been for many months, the general said.
 
 General Petraeus, appearing before a joint session of the House Committee on 
Foreign Affairs and the House Armed Services Committee, delivered a report that 
mixed descriptions of slow, modest progress in pacifying Iraq with a prediction 
that many tough days lies ahead.
 
 The American ambassador to Iraq, Ryan C. Crocker, offered a similarly sobering 
assessment, declaring that Iraq is now “a traumatized society” and will remain 
so for a long time.
 
 The military objectives of the troop increase ordered by President Bush earlier 
this year, known as the surge, are “in large measure being met,” General 
Petraeus told the lawmakers, some of whom were openly skeptical. But while 
terrorists have been weakened, “Al Qaeda and its affiliates in Iraq remain 
strong,” he said.
 
 Feelings ran high, as some antiwar hecklers chanted “Generals lie, children 
die,” before Representative Ike Skelton, the Missouri Democrat who heads the 
armed services panel, decreed, “Out they go!” and warned that anyone else who 
disrupted the hearing would be prosecuted. But there were further disruptions, 
with at least one screaming demonstrator hustled out of the room as General 
Petraeus praised the American troops in Iraq as “a new greatest generation.”
 
 The essence of General Petraeus’s testimony had been forecast for days, so his 
projections on troop strength were no surprise. But his appearance with 
Ambassador Crocker was nonetheless dramatic, as Democrats and Republicans alike 
praised the two men as outstanding public servants while differing sharply on 
the policy that they were to testify about.
 
 Inevitably, General Petraeus has become a figure of controversy. His supporters 
have described him as a brilliant general who, literally, wrote the Army’s book 
on counterterrorism. His detractors have accused him of being little more than a 
shill for President Bush’s policies.
 
 Democratic leaders on the panels described the general and the envoy as good 
people shackled to a bad policy, while Republicans said General Petraeus in 
particular had been subjected to insulting and unfair criticism by people 
unwilling to even hear his testimony before rushing to judgment.
 
 “He’s the right person, three years too late and 250,000 troops short,” Mr. 
Skelton said of the general and the general’s predicament, as he sees it.
 
 But Representative Duncan Hunter of California, the armed services panel’s 
ranking Republican, said it was “an outrage” and “against the traditions of this 
great House” that some lawmakers seemed to have made up their minds already.
 
 Among the examples of progress that General Petraeus cited was a lessening of 
bloodshed in Anbar Province, not so long ago one of the most violence-torn 
regions of Iraq.
 
 And Mr. Crocker said the continued meddling of Iran and Syria was offset by a 
bit of good diplomatic news: Saudi Arabia intended to open an embassy in Baghdad 
for the first time since the Saddam Hussein era.
    
Slow Progress Being Made in Iraq, Petraeus Tells Congress, 
NYT, 10.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/10/washington/10cnd-policy.html?hp           Seven 
Americans Are Killed in Iraq   September 
7, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 11:21 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Four U.S. Marines were killed in fighting in Anbar province, and three 
soldiers were killed by a roadside bomb in northern Iraq, the military said 
Friday.
 Britain's Defense Ministry announced Friday the death of British soldier killed 
two days earlier. It gave no details on where or how the soldier died.
 
 The four Marines assigned to Multi National Force -- West were killed Thursday 
in combat in Anbar, a predominantly Sunni province west of Baghdad that has seen 
a recent drop in violence, according to a statement.
 
 Three Task Force Lightning soldiers also were killed Thursday when a bomb 
exploded near their vehicle in the northern Ninevah province, the military said 
separately.
 
 The deaths raised to at least 3,760 members of the U.S. military who have died 
since the Iraq war started in March 2003, according to an Associated Press 
count.
 
 The British soldier killed was a member of the Parachute Regiment, the Ministry 
of Defense said. News of the death had been kept secret for more than two days 
for security reasons, the ministry said.
 
 A total of 169 British armed forces personnel or civilian employees of the 
military have died in Iraq during the war, according to the ministry.
 
 About 100 miles west of Anbar's capital city of Ramadi, insurgents blew up two 
suspension bridges on roads leading to Jordan and Saudi Arabia, a police 
intelligence officer said on condition of anonymity for security reasons.
 
 A roadside bomb struck an Iraqi army patrol near Baqouba, killing one soldier 
and wounding two, while another roadside bomb killed one civilian and wounded 
four others southeast of Baghdad, police officials said, speaking on condition 
of anonymity because they were not authorized to release the information.
 
 Gunmen also opened fire on Sunni worshippers in a drive-by shooting following 
evening prayers late Thursday in the northern city of Kirkuk, killing at least 
three people and wounding four, police Col. Anwar Qadir said.
 
 In operations Thursday and Friday, U.S. forces killed three al-Qaida in Iraq 
suspects and detained 18 others, the military said.
 
 The three men were killed in an operation Friday morning targeting a suspected 
al-Qaida in Iraq leader north of Baghdad. Four other suspects were detained in 
that raid and ground forces destroyed four vehicles, the U.S. military said in a 
statement.
 
 Anbar, where the Marines were killed, is a vast desert province that stretches 
west from Baghdad to the borders with Syria, Jordan and Saudi Arabia. It has 
been a Sunni insurgent stronghold but attacks against U.S. forces and Iraqis 
have tapered off since many Sunni tribal leaders joined forces with the United 
States against al-Qaida in Iraq.
 
 The Iraqi government announced Thursday it was adding millions of dollars to the 
budget of the western province of Anbar to help rebuild the region.
 
 The step came days after a surprise visit to the province by President Bush to 
Anbar where he met top Iraqi officials as well as tribal leaders.
 
 During a conference held Thursday in the provincial capital of Ramadi, 70 miles 
west of Baghdad, the government allocated additional $70 million to the Anbar 
budget, Interior Ministry official Col. Tariq Mohammed Youssef said. He added 
that 6,000 jobs will be created for Anbar residents, although he did not give 
more specifics.
 
 Another $50 million was allocated to compensate citizens who suffered from 
military operations.
 
 Among those at the conference was Ryan Crocker, the U.S. ambassador to Iraq, and 
Sen. Joe Biden, D-Del.
 
 Top tribal leaders from Anbar were also present, including Abdul-Sattar 
al-Rishawi, head of the Anbar Salvation Council that spearheaded the fight 
against al-Qaida.
 
 U.S. and Iraqi officials have touted Anbar as a success story in Iraq even as 
criticism mounts over the Iraqi government's efforts to achieve political 
reconciliation on other fronts.
 
 A series of recent reports have offered a grim assessment of Iraq's political 
climate and the performance of its security forces as the U.S. ambassador and 
the top commander in Iraq Gen. David Petraeus prepare for congressional hearings 
beginning Monday.
 
 An independent panel led by retired Marine Gen. James Jones recommended that the 
Iraqis assume more control of their nation's security and that U.S. forces, seen 
as an occupying and permanent force, should step back. Its report, presented to 
Congress on Thursday, contended that ''significant reductions, consolidations 
and realignments would appear to be possible and prudent.''
 
 The Jones panel also found that Iraq's security forces would be unable to take 
control in the next 12 months to 18 months and recommended that its national 
police force be scrapped and entirely rebuilt because of corruption and 
sectarianism.
 
 The Government Accountability Office, the investigative arm of Congress, 
reported Tuesday that Iraq has failed to meet 11 of its 18 political and 
security goals.
 
 U.S. troop levels -- currently at a record 168,000 -- are expected to hit a high 
of 172,000 in the coming weeks, the Pentagon said Thursday.
 
 Associated Press writer Bassem Mroue contributed to this report.
    
Seven Americans Are Killed in Iraq, NYT, 7.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html?hp            
After Talks With Bush, Maliki Visits Top Shiite Cleric to 
Discuss Plans   
September 6, 2007The New York Times
 By SABRINA TAVERNISE
   
BAGHDAD, Sept. 5 — Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki, under significant 
American pressure to break the stalemate in Iraq’s government, flew to the holy 
city of Najaf on Wednesday for talks with the country’s top Shiite cleric. 
 The meeting with Grand Ayatollah Ali al-Sistani, who as Iraq’s most powerful 
religious leader influences millions of Iraqi Shiites, took place two days after 
Mr. Maliki met President Bush on an air base in western Iraq.
 
 In Najaf, Mr. Maliki said Mr. Bush had “carried a message of support to the 
Iraqi government.”
 
 Mr. Maliki last met with Ayatollah Sistani in October, during a disagreement 
with the prime minister’s American supporters over his progress in stabilizing 
the country, particularly in reining in militias. A delegation of senior 
government officials met with the ayatollah in December.
 
 “I came here carrying a message of Iraq and the Iraqi government,” Mr. Maliki 
said after the meeting. “I raised before him my viewpoints to form a government 
of technocrats.”
 
 Mr. Bush’s top officials in Iraq, Gen. David H. Petraeus and Ambassador Ryan C. 
Crocker, will deliver to Congress next week a broad assessment of American 
policy in Iraq, and a central focus will be the effectiveness of Mr. Maliki’s 
government.
 
 Elsewhere in the country, bombs killed four United States soldiers, the American 
military said in a statement. Two died in eastern Baghdad, despite a call by the 
radical cleric Moktada al-Sadr for Shiite militants to lay down their weapons. 
The other two were killed in Salahuddin Province north of Baghdad.
 
 Four soldiers were wounded in the blasts, the military said.
 
 A bomb near a bus station in the eastern Baghdad neighborhood of Baladiyat 
killed four civilians and wounded more than a dozen, witnesses said. Accounts of 
the death toll varied, with The Associated Press reporting that 13 had been 
killed in the blast.
 
 Mr. Maliki also spoke of the Shiite-on-Shiite violence that left scores dead 
last week during a Shiite religious festival in the southern city of Karbala, 
saying that no religious place should be protected by armed guards, but instead 
by the Iraqi Army at a distance. The fighting spread when rival Shiite militias 
fought each other near a holy shrine.
 
 “This idea will avoid a lot of problems for us, and this is what I am going to 
discuss with local authorities in Najaf and in Karbala,” he said.
 
 The American military said it had captured a “highly sought individual” whom it 
suspected of belonging to the Iranian Revolutionary Guard. Soldiers captured the 
man in a raid before dawn in Karbala. The military said it suspected him of 
coordinating the transport of Iraqis into Iran for training in insurgency 
tactics and of aiding militants in Baghdad.
 
 The soldiers also seized computers, communication devices, documents and 
photographs.
 
 Mr. Maliki said again that he was considering replacing Sunni ministers who, in 
protest of what they say is the Maliki government’s sectarianism, walked out of 
his cabinet, contributing to the current political paralysis. But he said he was 
still working hard to bring them back into the fold.
 
 “If they decide not to go back, then the posts can’t remain vacant,” he said, 
“and we will choose ministers according to the standards of competence.”
       
New U.N. Envoy to Iraq
 UNITED NATIONS, Sept. 5 — Staffan de Mistura, a veteran of many United Nations 
operations in the Middle East, was chosen Wednesday as the organization’s top 
envoy to Iraq, replacing Ashraf Qazi, who was assigned Tuesday to lead United 
Nations operations in southern Sudan.
 
 Mr. de Mistura served under Mr. Qazi in 2005 and 2006 as the deputy United 
Nations representative in Iraq. Before that he spent four years in southern 
Lebanon as a personal representative of Kofi Annan, then the secretary general.
 
 Mr. de Mistura, who is of Italian and Swedish descent, is now director of the 
United Nations Staff College in Turin, Italy.
 
 Mudhafer al-Husaini contributed reporting for this article, and an Iraqi 
employee for The New York Times in Najaf.
 
    After Talks With Bush, 
Maliki Visits Top Shiite Cleric to Discuss Plans, NYT, 6.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/06/world/middleeast/06iraq.html           
U.S. General: Next Few Months Crucial   
September 5, 2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 1:34 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   
BAGHDAD (AP) -- The No. 2 U.S. commander in Iraq said Tuesday that the next 
three to four months will be crucial in determining whether the United States 
can start to withdraw troops from Iraq without sacrificing security gains since 
the troop buildup began early this year.
 Lt. Gen. Raymond Odierno said the number of attacks in August fell to their 
lowest level in more than a year, although he gave no figures. Odierno insisted 
that overall violence was declining -- a sign that the buildup ordered by 
President Bush was working.
 
 ''I think the next three to four months are critical,'' Odierno told reporters. 
''I think that if we can continue to do what we are doing, we'll get to such a 
level where we think we can do it with less troops.''
 
 Bush himself raised the possibility of a reduction in the 160,000-strong U.S. 
force during his surprise visit Monday to al-Asad Air Base in Anbar province, 
where Sunni Arab sheiks have been turning against al-Qaida in Iraq.
 
 Bush said U.S. Ambassador Ryan Crocker and the top commander Gen. David Petraeus 
''tell me if the kind of success we are now seeing continues, it will be 
possible to maintain the same level of security with fewer American forces.''
 
 Crocker and Petraeus will report to Congress next week on security and political 
progress since Bush dispatched 30,000 extra troops to Iraq to curb sectarian 
warfare. Petraeus is expected to point to a dramatic decline in violence in 
Anbar province thanks to a grass-roots revolt against al-Qaida.
 
 On Tuesday, an al-Qaida front group announced on an Islamist Web site that it 
was forming new suicide battalions to strike at the Americans and their 
''renegade'' allies -- an apparent response to the burgeoning revolt against the 
terror movement.
 
 ''These battalions, with God's help, will perform their duties in an excellent 
manner during the month of Ramadan and the enemies of God will suffer a lot,'' 
the statement said, referring to the Islamic season of fasting that begins in 
about two weeks.
 
 Odierno said U.S. forces were alert to the possibility of increased attacks 
during Ramadan but in the run-up to the holy month ''violence has been going 
down.''
 
 The optimistic tone of recent U.S. statements appears aimed at persuading 
moderate Republicans in Congress to stand by the president and resist Democratic 
calls to begin bringing the troops home as soon as possible.
 
 U.S. officials acknowledge privately they have not turned the corner in 
restoring security, even as they insist that trends are favorable. Last month, 
civilian deaths across Iraq rose to at least 1,809, the second highest monthly 
total this year, according to figures compiled by The Associated Press.
 
 Early Wednesday, a roadside bomb exploded on the fringes of the capital's Shiite 
slum of Sadr City, killing nine and injuring 21, police said. The bomb went off 
in the crowded al-Hamza square shortly before 8 a.m. in an area where minibuses 
were stopped to pick up people heading to work, a police officer said on 
condition of anonymity.
 
 At least 42 people were killed or found dead across the country Tuesday, 
according to police reports.
 
 The Electricity Ministry announced Tuesday that eight of its engineers and 
technicians were kidnapped and murdered the day before by unknown gunmen in east 
Baghdad.
 
 The eight were traveling to a training session out of town when they were 
abducted. Relatives identified their bullet-riddled bodies in a hospital, 
ministry spokesman Aziz al-Shamari said.
 
 In Mosul, 225 miles northwest of Baghdad, gunmen ambushed a car in the city 
center Tuesday, killing three men and a woman, police Brig. Gen. Abdul-Karim 
al-Jubouri said.
 
 Despite some improvements in security, Iraqi politicians have made little 
progress in reaching power-sharing agreements among Shiites, Sunnis and Kurds -- 
considered essential to lasting peace.
 
 Iraq's parliament reconvened Tuesday after a much-criticized monthlong summer 
break. Lawmakers refused to give up their holiday despite outrage in the United 
States, where American officials and commentators complained that Iraqis were 
vacationing while American troops were dying.
 
 Parliament in July shrugged off calls from Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki to 
cancel the summer break, saying there was no point waiting any longer for the 
Cabinet to deliver draft legislation.
 
 Deputy speaker Khaled al-Attiyah told the AP that the assembly had not yet 
received promised draft legislation to ease the ban on former Saddam Hussein 
supporters holding government jobs -- a key demand of Sunni Arabs.
 
 He also said he did not expect parliament to begin debating a draft bill on 
sharing the nation's oil revenue before mid-September.
 
 Both bills are among the 18 benchmarks which the United States set down to 
measure political progress.
 
 Also Tuesday, an appeals court upheld death sentences imposed against ''Chemical 
Ali'' al-Majid and two other Saddam lieutenants convicted of crimes against 
humanity for their roles a massacre of Kurds in the late 1980s.
 
 Under Iraqi law they must now be hanged within the next 30 days.
 
 In addition to al-Majid, the Iraqi High Tribunal upheld death sentences of 
former defense minister Sultan Hashim Ahmad al-Tai and Hussein Rashid Mohammed, 
a former deputy director of operations for the Iraqi armed forces.
 
 Al-Tai negotiated the cease-fire than ended the 1991 Gulf War, when a U.S.-led 
coalition drove Iraqi forces from Kuwait.
 
    U.S. General: Next Few 
Months Crucial, NYT, 5.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq.html           
News Analysis 
Bush Shifts Terms for Measuring Progress in Iraq   
September 5, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID E. SANGER
   
WASHINGTON, Sept. 4 — With the Democratic-led Congress poised to measure 
progress in Iraq by focusing on the central government’s failure to perform, 
President Bush is proposing a new gauge, by focusing on new American alliances 
with the tribes and local groups that Washington once feared would tear the 
country apart.
 That shift in emphasis was implicit in Mr. Bush’s decision to bypass Baghdad on 
his eight-hour trip to Iraq, stopping instead in Anbar Province, once the heart 
of an anti-American Sunni insurgency. By meeting with tribal leaders who just a 
year ago were considered the enemy, and who now are fighting Al Qaeda in 
Mesopotamia, a president who has unveiled four or five strategies for winning 
over Iraqis — depending on how one counts — may now be on the cusp of yet 
another.
 
 It is not clear whether the Democrats who control Congress will be in any mood 
to accept the changing measures. On Tuesday, there were contentious hearings 
over a Government Accountability Office report that, like last month’s National 
Intelligence Estimate, painted a bleak picture of Iraq’s future.
 
 It was the White House and the Iraqi government, not Congress, that first 
proposed the benchmarks for Iraq that are now producing failing grades, a 
provenance that raises questions about why the administration is declaring now 
that the government’s performance is not the best measure of change.
 
 The White House insists that Mr. Bush’s fresh embrace of Sunni leaders simply 
augments his consistent support of Iraq’s prime minister, Nuri Kamal al-Maliki.
 
 But some of Mr. Bush’s critics regard the change as something far more 
significant, saying they believe it amounts to a grudging acknowledgment by the 
White House of something these critics themselves have long asserted — that Iraq 
will never become the kind of cohesive, unified state that could be a democratic 
beacon for the Middle East.
 
 “They have come around to the inevitable,” said Peter W. Galbraith, a former 
American diplomat whose 2006 book, “The End of Iraq,” argued that Mr. Bush was 
trying to rebuild a nation that never really existed, because Sunnis, Shiites 
and Kurds had never adopted a common Iraqi identity. “He has finally recognized 
that fact, and is now trying to work with it,” Mr. Galbraith said Tuesday.
 
 Still, like the other strategies Mr. Bush has embraced, this one is fraught with 
risks.
 
 There is no assurance that the willingness of Sunnis in Anbar to join in common 
cause with the United States against Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia can be replicated 
elsewhere in Iraq. And as reporters who have been embedded with units working to 
enlist the support of the Sunni sheiks have written, in vivid accounts from the 
scene, there are many reasons to question how sustained the Sunnis’ loyalty will 
be.
 
 The sheiks and their followers have been barred from the Iraqi military, and it 
is unclear whether Mr. Maliki’s government will let large numbers of Sunnis sign 
up in the future. That creates the risk that the Sunni groups, once better 
trained and better armed, will ultimately turn on the central government or its 
patron, the American military.
 
 Then there is the worry that, even if Mr. Bush is successful in working in 
promoting “moderate” Sunnis in Anbar and “moderate” Shiites in the south, the 
result will be exactly the kind of partitioned state — with all its potential 
for full-scale civil war — that the White House has long insisted must be 
avoided.
 
 “Those are real risks, and they explain in part why the strategy was not pursued 
before late in 2006,” said Peter D. Feaver, a Duke University professor who, as 
a member of the National Security Council staff at the White House until he left 
this summer, was one of the architects of the “New Way Forward,” the plan Mr. 
Bush unveiled in January.
 
 “But the first principle we embraced in the new strategy is that Iraq is a 
mosaic,” Mr. Feaver said, “and that the risks of approaching it that way were 
deemed worth taking, given the alternative.”
 
 The White House insists that by flying into the tribal areas, Mr. Bush is not 
undercutting Mr. Maliki or cutting him loose. Instead, White House officials say 
that ever since his January speech, Mr. Bush has been pursuing a dual strategy, 
pressing for “top down” change from Baghdad as well as “bottom up” change from 
the provinces.
 
 The current focus on the provinces, they say, reflects the fact that the White 
House overestimated what could be achieved by Mr. Maliki and his government, and 
underestimated the degree to which the local tribes developed a deep hatred for 
Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia, the homegrown Sunni Arab extremist group that American 
intelligence agencies have concluded is led by foreigners. The extent of its 
links to Osama bin Laden’s network is not clear.
 
 “It’s not that they love us Americans,” said one senior administration official. 
“It’s that Al Qaeda was so heavy-handed, taking out Sunnis just because they 
were smoking a cigarette. In the end, that may be the best break we’ve gotten in 
a while.”
 
 As he flew from Iraq to Australia on Monday, Mr. Bush cast the Sunni leaders he 
had met in the deserts of Anbar in the most positive light possible.
 
 “They were profuse in their praise for America,” he told reporters on Air Force 
One, according to a pool report. He said they “had made the decision that they 
don’t want to live under Al Qaeda,” adding that “they got sick of them.”
 
 Mr. Bush, of course, has had similar public praise for just about every Iraqi 
leader he has met, even a few leaders now disparaged by White House officials as 
unreliable, powerless or two-faced.
 
 Mr. Bush himself has told associates that in the end, the Iraq experiment 
depends on whether Mr. Maliki and his aides are truly willing to share power, or 
whether they are determined to keep the Sunnis down.
 
 For now, however, the White House is arguing that the ground-up relationships 
they are building in places like Anbar are more important than keeping a 
scorecard of legislation passed or stalled in Baghdad. Whether that argument is 
enough to keep a few wavering Republicans on board may determine whether Mr. 
Bush gets a bit more time to try his latest strategy.
 
    Bush Shifts Terms for 
Measuring Progress in Iraq, NYT, 5.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/05/world/middleeast/05assess.html?hp 
           
Bush, in Iraq, Says Troop Reduction Is Possible   
September 4, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD and STEVEN LEE MYERS
   
AL ASAD AIR BASE, Iraq, Sept. 3 — President Bush made a surprise eight-hour 
visit to Iraq on Monday, emphasizing security gains, sectarian reconciliation 
and the possibility of a troop withdrawal, thus embracing and pre-empting this 
month’s crucial Congressional hearings on his Iraq strategy. 
 His visit, with his commanders and senior Iraqi officials, had a clear political 
goal: to try to head off opponents’ pressure for a withdrawal by hailing what he 
called recent successes in Iraq and by contending that only making Iraq stable 
would allow American forces to pull back.
 
 Mr. Bush’s visit to Iraq — his third — was spent at this remote desert base in 
the restive Sunni province of Anbar, where he had summoned Iraq’s Shiite prime 
minister, Nuri Kamal al-Maliki, and others to demonstrate that reconciliation 
among Iraq’s warring sectarian factions was at least conceivable, if not yet a 
fact.
 
 After talks with Gen. David H. Petraeus, the top American commander in Iraq, and 
Ryan C. Crocker, the ambassador to Iraq, Mr. Bush said that they “tell me that 
if the kind of success we are now seeing here continues it will be possible to 
maintain the same level of security with fewer American forces.”
 
 Mr. Bush did not say how large a troop withdrawal was possible. Nor did he say 
whether he envisioned any forces being withdrawn sooner than next spring, when 
the first of the additional 30,000 troops Mr. Bush sent to Iraq this year are 
scheduled to come home anyway.
 
 Still, his remarks were the clearest indication yet that a reduction would begin 
sometime in the months ahead, answering the growing opposition in Washington to 
an unpopular war while at the same time trying to argue that any change in 
strategy was not a failure.
 
 “Those decisions will be based on a calm assessment by our military commanders 
on the conditions on the ground — not a nervous reaction by Washington 
politicians to poll results in the media,” Mr. Bush told a gathering of American 
troops, who responded with a rousing cheer. “In other words, when we begin to 
draw down troops from Iraq, it will be from a position of strength and success, 
not from a position of fear and failure. To do otherwise would embolden our 
enemies and make it more likely that they would attack us at home.”
 
 To ensure security, the White House shrouded Mr. Bush’s visit in secrecy, 
issuing a misleading schedule that said he would leave the White House on Monday 
and Air Force One would refuel in Hawaii. Instead, the president left the White 
House on Sunday night, traveled to Andrews Air Force Base without the usual 
motorcade and after an overnight flight arrived in Iraq on a sweltering summer 
afternoon when temperatures reached 110 degrees.
 
 Mr. Bush flew with Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice and his national security 
adviser, Stephen J. Hadley, an extraordinary gathering of top leaders in a war 
zone. Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates and Gen. Peter Pace, the chairman of the 
Joint Chiefs of Staff, flew to Iraq separately and joined them.
 
 The Anbar region is a Sunni stronghold where in recent months there have been 
significant improvements in security. Administration officials have been touting 
the gains as evidence that the increase in American troops has proved a success 
— a word Mr. Bush used eight times in his public remarks on Monday.
 
 Mr. Hadley, briefing reporters, recalled a military intelligence officer’s dire 
warning a year ago that Al Qaeda controlled the provincial capital, Ramadi, and 
other towns in the region. “Anbar Province is lost,” he quoted the analyst as 
saying then. Mr. Hadley was apparently referring to Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia, the 
homegrown Sunni Arab extremist group that American intelligence agencies have 
concluded is foreign led. The extent of its links to Osama bin Laden’s network 
is not clear.
 
 On Monday, after meeting with some of the local Sunni leaders who only months 
ago led the struggle against the American presence in the region, Mr. Bush held 
up Anbar as a model of the progress that was possible.
 
 “When you stand on the ground here in Anbar and hear from the people who live 
here, you can see what the future of Iraq can look like,” he said, night having 
fallen at the base.
 
 During his visit, Mr. Bush did not leave the base, a heavily fortified home to 
about 10,000 American troops about 120 miles west of Baghdad. Mr. Hadley said 
planning for the trip had started five or six weeks ago.
 
 Administration officials rejected the notion that the trip was a publicity 
stunt. They said Mr. Bush wanted to meet face-to-face with General Petraeus and 
Mr. Crocker, who are to testify before Congress about progress in Iraq next 
week, and with Iraqi leaders he has been pressing from afar to take steps toward 
political reconciliation.
 
 By summoning Mr. Maliki and other top officials to the Sunni heartland, a region 
the Shiite prime minister has rarely visited, Mr. Bush succeeded in forcing a 
public display of unity. Meeting with the Iraqi leaders in a buff-colored 
one-story building near the runway, Mr. Bush effusively greeted President Jalal 
Talabani, the last of the five officials to enter the small conference room. 
“Mr. President, Mr. President, the president of the whole Iraq,” Mr. Bush said, 
kissing Mr. Talabani three times on the cheeks.
 
 The other Iraqi officials there were Vice President Adel Abdul-Mehdi, Vice 
President Tariq al-Hashemi, Deputy Prime Minister Barham Salih and Massoud 
Barzani, the president of the Kurdistan region.
 
 “The government they represent, of course, is based in Baghdad,” Mr. Bush said, 
appearing with Ms. Rice and Mr. Gates in front of two parked Humvees at the 
base, “but they’re here because they know the success of a free Iraq depends on 
the national government’s support from the bottom up.”
 
 Iraq’s foreign minister, Hoshyar Zebari, who was visiting neighboring Iran when 
Mr. Bush and the other top administration officials arrived, was conspicuously 
absent. Mr. Zebari, a Kurd, said he had been aware that high-level visitors from 
the United States were coming but that his trip to Iran had been planned long in 
advance and that the timing was strictly a coincidence.
 
 In Washington, a spokesman for Senator Harry Reid of Nevada, the Democratic 
majority leader, said the president’s visit and his assertions about progress 
would do little to persuade skeptics. “Despite this massive P.R. operation, the 
American people are still demanding a new strategy,” the spokesman, Jim Manley, 
said in a telephone interview.
 
 Anthony H. Cordesman, a senior fellow at the Center for Strategic and 
International Studies, said the reversal in Anbar had less do with American 
strategy than with local frustration over the extremism of Al Qaeda fighters 
trying to impose their doctrine. Mr. Cordesman suggested it was more of an 
anomaly than a model that could be applied elsewhere in Iraq, where sectarian 
divisions and strife appear to be worsening.
 
 “We are spinning events that don’t really reflect the reality on the ground,” he 
said.
 
 While some administration officials have recently described the Sunni shift in 
Anbar as serendipitous, they portrayed the improvements as an outgrowth, at 
least in part, of the decision to send nearly 4,000 additional marines to the 
province as part of the White House strategy to increase troops. “This is not 
serendipity,” Mr. Hadley told reporters.
 
 Distrust remains deep between Sunnis in Anbar and the Maliki government — and it 
is clear that Mr. Maliki sees effort by the American military to organize armed 
groups of Sunnis to assist American troops as a policy that amounts to assisting 
his enemies. Nor is it clear that the same model can be made to work in areas of 
Iraq where Sunnis and Shiites live together.
 
 Sunnis, for their part, complain that the Maliki government has long failed to 
deliver services and to share oil revenue with Anbar. Describing the meeting 
Monday between the tribal sheiks and Iraqi officials from Baghdad, Mr. Gates 
said, “There was a sense of shared purpose among them and some good-natured 
jousting over resources.”
 
 It remained unclear whether Mr. Bush planned to announce any specific troop 
withdrawals when he delivers the congressionally mandated report later this 
month.
 
 Several administration officials say Mr. Bush and his commanders and military 
advisers have neared a consensus on beginning a reduction in American forces. 
Speaking to reporters traveling with him, Mr. Gates said Monday that he had 
formulated his opinion, though he declined to disclose it.
 
 Asked about Mr. Bush’s comments on possible troop reductions, Mr. Gates added, 
“Clearly that is one of the central issues that everyone has been examining — 
what is the security situation, what do we expect the security situation to be 
in the months ahead?” He went on to say, “What opportunities does that provide 
in terms of maintaining the security situation while perhaps beginning to bring 
the troop level down?”
 
 As he did in Washington late last week, Mr. Bush urged lawmakers to withhold 
judgment on the situation in Iraq until hearing first-hand reports next week 
from General Petraeus and Mr. Crocker. At the same time, though, he has used the 
White House’s considerable platform to assert his own views.
 
 “The strategy we put into place earlier this year was designed to help the 
Iraqis improve their security so that political and economic progress could 
follow,” Mr. Bush said after meeting with Mr. Maliki and the other Iraqi 
leaders. “And that is exactly the effect it is having in places like Anbar.”
       
Maliki Claims Political Progress
 
 BAGHDAD, Sept. 3 — Earlier on Monday, at a news conference here, Mr. Maliki made 
his own effort to underscore political progress his government had achieved in 
recent weeks. He said that a long-discussed law allowing former members of the 
Baath Party of Saddam Hussein to return to jobs in government had been submitted 
to Parliament.
 
 “This law has been approved by the political leaders, and by the national 
political council,” Mr. Maliki said. “It is now before the parliament to discuss 
it and approve it.”
 
 Agreement on the law, part of a package of requirements pressed by the Bush 
administration, would be an important milestone.
 
 “We believe that this law represents the minimum accepted level of our 
ambitions,” said Salman al-Jumaili, a lawmaker from the main Sunni coalition.
 
 An earlier agreement on a law broke down after Shiite leaders in southern Iraq 
voiced opposition.
 
 James Glanz contributed reporting from Cairo. David S. Cloud reported from 
Al Asad Air Base and Steven Lee Myers from Washington.
 
    Bush, in Iraq, Says 
Troop Reduction Is Possible, NYT, 4.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/04/world/middleeast/04iraq.html?hp 
           
Bush and Top Aides Visit Iraq Days Ahead of Assessment   
September 3, 2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD
   
AL ASAD AIR BASE, Iraq, Sept. 3 — President Bush and his top national 
security advisers made a surprise joint visit to Iraq today for talks with Gen. 
David H. Petraeus and top Iraqi officials a week before the American commander 
is scheduled to deliver a long-awaited assessment of the situation in Iraq.
 Administration officials said Mr. Bush decided to travel to Iraq along with 
Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice and Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates to 
meet face-to-face with General Petraeus and Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki 
because it was his last chance to do so before completing a review of his Iraq 
strategy.
 
 “He has assembled essentially his war cabinet here, and they are all convening 
with the Iraqi leadership to discuss the way forward,” the Pentagon press 
secretary, Geoff Morrell, said. “This will be the last big gathering of the 
president before the president makes a decision on the way forward,” he added, 
noting that Mr. Bush would l leave here for a trip to Australia to meet with 
leaders of Asian and Pacific nations.
 
 It was the first time Mr. Bush was in Iraq with his top advisers, and his third 
trip to the country.
 
 Ms. Rice and then-Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld made a joint visit to 
Baghdad last year, shortly after Mr. Maliki took office.
 
 Mr. Bush held talks today with his commanders and then he and the American 
delegation met with Iraqi officials including Mr. Maliki and President Jalal 
Talabani. The group sat across a narrow conference table facing one another.
 
 Mr. Talabani had been delayed getting to the meeting, but when he arrived, Mr. 
Bush greeted him warmly, according to Mr. Morrell.
 
 “Mr. President. Mr. President. The president of the whole country,” Mr. Bush 
said to Mr. Talabani, before shaking his hand and sharing a traditional Middle 
Eastern greeting.
 
 Mr. Bush’s one-day stop at this desert air base in Anbar Province underscored 
the administration’s intention as part of the strategy review to bolster support 
for the Sunni Arab region, where former insurgents are increasingly cooperating 
with American forces.
 
 But the dramatic meeting also had a clear political goal — to shift the focus 
this week away from Congress, where a series of hearings on reports critical of 
the progress of the administration strategy are planned, and to buttress White 
House assertions that its efforts in Iraq are beginning to produce results.
 
 Administration officials rejected the idea that the trip was a publicity stunt 
ahead of the reports.
 
 “There are some people who might try to derive this trip as a photo 
opportunity,” the White House spokeswoman, Dana Perino, said. “We wholeheartedly 
disagree.”
 
 “This is an opportunity for the president to meet with his commander on the 
ground and his ambassador on the ground while they are in fact all on the ground 
together,” Ms. Perino said. “It’s also a chance for him to meet with Prime 
Minister Maliki and other national government leaders. And he will be able to 
look Prime Minister Maliki in the eye and talk with him about the progress that 
is starting to happen in Iraq, what we hope to see and the challenges that 
remain.”
 
 After meeting with top military advisers last week in Washington, Mr. Bush 
approved an acceleration of a new program to intensify assistance directly to 
Sunni areas of Iraq, officials have said. Mr. Gates’s trip seemed aimed at least 
in part in explaining the American concept for stepped-up assistance to 
officials in Iraq’s government, who have raised strong concerns about the idea 
of assisting their Sunni rivals, before it is announced publicly.
 
 General Petraeus is widely expected to ask that additional troops sent to Iraq 
earlier this year be kept in place at least until next spring, a course Mr. Bush 
appears to support. But a senior Defense Department official said the gathering 
would be “instrumental” in formulating recommendations to Mr. Bush on possible 
adjustments to the plan. The move to increase aid to Sunni groups is one example 
of the adjustments that are coming out of the strategy review, and the move 
reflects frustration that Mr. Maliki’s Shiite-dominated government has not taken 
advantage of improvements in security to move forward on reconciliation with 
Sunni rivals.
 
 But the administration has seized on the Sunni tribes’ sudden willingness to 
cooperate in fighting the homegrown extremist group Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia as a 
promising political development that they hope will convince members of 
Congress, especially Republicans who have been calling for withdrawals from 
Iraq, that political progress is happening, albeit from the ground up, not from 
the top down, as the administration strategy initially envisioned.
 
 While backing Sunni groups is an attempt to circumvent Mr. Maliki, Bush 
administration officials stress that the goal is not to undermine his government 
but to broaden its support.
 
 Mr. Maliki has been deeply worried that outreach to Sunni tribes, which has 
included American support for setting up armed neighborhood watch groups in 
Anbar and other Sunni areas, amounted to backing his enemies.
 
 But the senior Defense Department official said the American aid to the Sunni 
tribes comes with “a quid pro quo” — the need to recognize the legitimacy of the 
Mr. Maliki’s government in Baghdad.
 
 The official added that spending in Anbar province by military commanders would 
be increased.
 
 Mr. Bush and his cabinet members were also scheduled to meet today with Sunni 
tribe leaders from Anbar, many of whom until recently opposed the American 
presence. Mr. Maliki and other top Iraqi officials had scheduled a rare trip 
into the Sunni heartland for the talks with the American delegation but it was 
unclear if Mr. Maliki intended to hold talks with the Sunnis during his visit.
 
 Mr. Bush and Gates planned to press the two sides to move forward on 
reconciliation and to discuss such steps as provincial elections that are aimed 
at drawing the former Sunni insurgents into a closer relationship with Mr. 
Maliki, the senior Defense Department official traveling with Mr. Gates said.
 
 “One of the great concerns many have is that it not be a temporary marriage of 
convenience,” he said, referring to the growing American relationship with Sunni 
tribes. The goal, he added, was to ensure that “Sunnis in Anbar are drawing 
closer to the central government.”
 
 Aides said that Mr. Bush and Mr. Gates also wanted to speak face-to-face with 
General Petraeus and Ryan Crocker, the American ambassador to Iraq, as he 
considers recommendations for adjusting strategy in Iraq.
 
 The high-level visit was conducted with extraordinary security precautions. 
American officials said the measures, which included withholding disclosure of 
Mr. Gates’s arrival after Mr. Bush was on the ground, were necessary because of 
the top officials from Iraq and from the United States who were present. 
Although Mr. Gates arrived on a C-17 transport plane, Mr. Bush traveled on Air 
Force One, which could be seen sitting on the air base’s baking tarmac.
 
 There had been intense speculation among the White House press corps that the 
president would make such a trip either on his way to or back from Australia, 
and the White House went to great lengths to keep the secret. The president 
slipped out of a side entrance at the White House on Sunday evening. Instead of 
taking Marine One, the presidential helicopter, he was driven to Andrews Air 
Force base with just one car accompanying him, as opposed to the two dozen or so 
vehicles that ordinarily make up a presidential motorcade.
 
 Mr. Bush typically takes a small, rotating, pool of reporters with him aboard 
Air Force One. The members of the pool assigned to travel aboard the president’s 
plane to Sydney were summoned to the White House over the weekend for 
face-to-face meetings with Mr. Bush’s top press aides.
 
 They were told to show up at Andrews Sunday between 6p.m. and 6:30p.m., not 
this morning, as had been publicly announced. Reporters were permitted to inform 
their spouses and just one editor, who could tell no one else, and were asked 
not to pass the information by cellphone. When they boarded Air Force One inside 
a hangar, not on the tarmac, as is typical, the shades were drawn and Secret 
Service agents took their pager devices and cellphones until shortly before the 
plane landed in Iraq.
 
 The president is expected to spend about six hours on the ground in Iraq before 
leaving for Australia.
 
 Though Mr. Bush and General Petraeus had met as recently as last week by video 
hookup, the seemingly last-minute nature of the trip and the array of top 
officials from both governments who attended did not mean there were deep 
disagreements among President Bush’s top advisers about strategy in Iraq, they 
said.
 
 “Nothing beats the opportunity to look Dave Petraeus in the eye and Ambassador 
Crocker and say, ‘What do you think? What do we need to do?’” said a senior 
Defense official traveling with Mr. Gates.
 
 Mr. Bush has been touting developments in Anbar recently and wanted to meet with 
Sunni sheiks who have formed alliances with the United States this year. Some of 
the tribal leaders he is expected to meet with were likely involved in 
operations against American forces before switching their allegiances.
 
 “You don’t reconcile with your friends; you reconcile with your enemies,” Mr. 
Morrell said, explaining the decision to met with the tribal leaders.
 
 The meetings were held at Al Asad air base rather than in Baghdad because Mr. 
Bush wanted to see first hand the progress in Anbar, he said, although the 
president is not scheduled to leave the base, a sprawling complex far from the 
province’s population centers.
 
 The air base, the second largest in Iraq, is a parched, sunny, dusty place. 
Troops here said temperatures today were about average for this time of 
year—about 115 degrees.
 
 After his tarmac greeting, Mr. Bush, wearing a dark blue short-sleeved shirt and 
slacks, posed for pictures before being taken by motorcade to a building where a 
marine gave him a short briefing.
 
 Mr. Bush leaned slightly forward, both hands on a makeshift table, and listened 
to the marine, with a pointer in hand, as he gave an overview.
 
 The marine said there was progress being made with Iraqi security forces in 
Anbar, handling more urban duties, allowing the Marines to hunt for insurgents, 
according to a pool report. But he also said that there is a problem with the 
short home leaves — five months — which he said strains training, not to mention 
family life.
 
 “Morale? How is morale?” Mr. Bush was overhead asking.
 
 “Very high, sir,” the marine responded.
 
 Sheryl Gay Stolberg contributed reporting from Washington, and Christine 
Hauser from New York.
 
    Bush and Top Aides Visit 
Iraq Days Ahead of Assessment, NYT, 3.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/03/world/middleeast/03cnd-prexy.html?hp           
Civilian 
Death Toll Falls in Baghdad but Rises Across Iraq   September 
2, 2007The New York Times
 By JAMES GLANZ
   BAGHDAD, 
Sept. 1 — Newly released statistics for Iraqi civilian deaths in August reflect 
the strikingly mixed security picture that has emerged from a gradual six-month 
increase in American troop strength here: the number of deaths across the 
country rose by about 20 percent since July, but in the capital itself, the 
number dropped sharply.
 The figures, provided by Iraqi Interior Ministry officials on Saturday, mirrored 
the geographic pattern of the troop increase, which is focused on Baghdad. The 
national rise in mortality is partly a result of the enormous death toll, more 
than 500, in a truck bomb attack that struck a Yazidi community in August north 
of the capital, outside the areas directly affected by the additional troops.
 
 As Ryan C. Crocker, the American ambassador to Iraq, and Gen. David H. Petraeus, 
the top commander of military forces here, prepare to brief Congress on the 
progress of the troop increase, Iraqi politicians, clearly recognizing what is 
at stake, view the new figures through the lens of how their parties hope that 
Congress will assess the situation in Iraq.
 
 “We were hoping the figures would go down, but what happened was expected,” said 
Haidar al-Ebadi, who sits in Parliament as a senior member of Prime Minister 
Nuri Kamal al-Maliki’s Dawa Party. The troop increase made it harder for 
insurgent groups to operate in Baghdad, he said, so they pushed outward to 
easier targets.
 
 “I believe that we should not read these numbers as an assessment of the 
security plan,” Mr. Ebadi said. “The security plan was a success so far.”
 
 Other Iraqis see the rising violence in the countryside in August as proof that 
the overall American plan in Iraq is failing. Saleh al-Mutlak, who leads the 
National Dialogue Front, a hard-line Sunni group, said the American and Iraqi 
security plan had failed to achieve its goals, opening the door to more attacks.
 
 “I think the reason is the loss of confidence in the security plan and the 
political process, which drove people to become desperate and resort to 
violence,” he said.
 
 American and Iraqi government officials here are extremely reluctant to provide 
regular, comprehensive figures for civilian deaths, making it difficult to 
compile accurate data. But figures provided to The New York Times by an Interior 
Ministry official who asked to remain anonymous indicated that 2,318 civilians 
died violently in the country in August, compared with 1,980 in July.
 
 Statistics compiled from Iraqi government sources by Reuters and The Associated 
Press also showed significant increases, although the precise figures varied.
 
 But the figures provided by the Interior Ministry official show a drop in deaths 
within Baghdad, to 656 in August from 896 in July.
 
 Lt. Col. Christopher Garver, a spokesman for the American-led multinational 
forces here, said the troop increase had been intended to give Iraqi political 
parties a chance to settle some of their differences.
 
 “The surge of operations was focused on improving security in Baghdad, and we 
have seen some progress — not as much as we want,” Colonel Garver said. “It’s a 
neighborhood-by-neighborhood thing. But it’s progress.”
 
 Colonel Garver acknowledged that as a result of the operations in Baghdad, 
militias and insurgent groups had been trying to establish networks north of the 
capital. “You see attacks up north in part because it’s harder to move around 
Baghdad if you’re a terrorist,” he said. “It’s harder to bring car bombs in.”
 
 Even as the mortality figures suggested improvements in security within Baghdad, 
fresh signs emerged of turmoil within the Baghdad police force, which will 
ultimately be called upon to sustain any gains.
 
 American soldiers and Iraqi national police officers have disbanded the force at 
a local police station in Khadra, a Sunni-dominated neighborhood in western 
Baghdad, the United States military said in a statement on Saturday. The 
officers at the station failed to stop criminal and insurgent activity in the 
area, and roadside bombs were often found less than 100 yards from police 
checkpoints, the military said.
 
 The role of the national police force in the local cleanup was jarring, given 
its own reputation for disloyalty and inefficiency. American officials said 
Thursday that an independent commission created by Congress would recommend 
overhauling the national police to purge it of Shiite militia members and 
corrupt officers.
 
 Maj. Andy Yerkes, who leads an American team advising the national police in 
Baghdad, said many of the Shiite-dominated force simply act as “turnstiles” if 
death squads for the Mahdi Army arrive at their checkpoints: standing aside and 
letting their fellow Shiites through to do their work in Sunni areas.
 
 “I get frustrated because there are really good men out there who don’t want to 
be turnstiles,” he added. “But at the same time, if they stop something, they 
don’t want their father or mother to be killed.”
 
 Reporting was contributed by Damien Cave, Stephen Farrell, Ali Adeeb and 
Ahmad Fadam.
    
Civilian Death Toll Falls in Baghdad but Rises Across 
Iraq, NYT, 2.9.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/09/02/world/middleeast/02iraq.html?hp 
           The World This War 
Is Not Like the Others — or Is It?   August 26, 
2007The New York Times
 By DAVID D. KIRKPATRICK
   AS the 
nations of Europe leapt to arms in 1914, President Woodrow Wilson’s mind turned 
to President James Madison and the war with England in 1812. 
 “Madison and I are the only two Princeton men who have become president,” Wilson 
observed ominously in a letter, noting that tensions with Great Britain over its 
naval blockage of Germany recalled earlier disputes with England about freedom 
of the seas. “The circumstances of the War of 1812 and now run parallel. I 
sincerely hope they will not go further.”
 
 His fears were unfounded. Great Britain became an ally in World War I, Wilson’s 
alma mater notwithstanding. But his knack for reading — or misreading — 
historical parallels hardly stands out in the annals of American presidents and 
public officials.
 
 President Bush sent historians scurrying toward their keyboards last week when 
he defended the United States occupation of Iraq by arguing that the pullout 
from Vietnam had led to the rise of the genocidal Khmer Rouge in neighboring 
Cambodia. His speech was rhetorical jujitsu, an attempt to throw back at his 
critics their favorite historical analogy — Vietnam — for the Iraq war. His 
argument aroused considerable skepticism from historians and political 
scientists, who note that the United States’ military action in Vietnam was 
among the factors that destabilized Cambodia. But Mr. Bush’s statement also 
revived a perennial question. Whenever a public officials starts to say “the 
lesson of,” is that a cue to stop listening?
 
 “It is great for sound bites but it is completely misleading,” said Jeffrey 
Record, a professor of strategy at the United States Air Force’s Air War College 
in Montgomery, Ala. He wrote a nine-point rebuttal to the analogies in Mr. 
Bush’s speech. “Reasoning by historical analogy is inherently dangerous,” 
Professor Record said. “It is especially dangerous in the hands of policymakers 
whose command of history is weak and who are pushing specific policy agendas.”
 
 The Central Intelligence Agency has worried enough about the pitfalls of drawing 
historical analogies that two decades ago it spent $400,000 commissioning a 
course in the subject for senior analysts from Harvard University’s Kennedy 
School of Government. The Kennedy School ran the program until 2001, when the 
agency itself took it over.
 
 Its creators told students their aims were akin to those of “a junior high 
school sex-education class”: preparing decision makers for an activity more 
inevitable than recommended.
 
 “Since they are bound to do what we talk about, later if not sooner, they ought 
to profit from a bit of forethought about ways and means,” Professors Richard E. 
Neustadt and Ernest R. May wrote in “Thinking in Time: The Uses of History for 
Decision Makers,” a book tied to the course.
 
 “A little knowledge,” they wrote, “holds out the prospect of enhancing not alone 
safety but also enjoyment.”
 
 Professors Neustadt and May advised policymakers considering past precedents to 
make lists of similarities, differences and unknowns. As a model, they examined 
the Cuban missile crisis.
 
 Some in the Kennedy administration argued for bombing Cuba to prevent the 
Soviets from keeping missiles there. Anything less forceful, the hawks argued, 
would replicate Neville Chamberlain’s 1938 appeasement of Hitler at Munich — the 
analogy that proponents of military force have always used since World War II, 
including around the 2003 invasion of Iraq.
 
 President Kennedy, however, was unconvinced by the Munich comparison. He argued 
that bombing Cuba risked the appearance of “a Pearl Harbor in reverse,” with the 
United States in the bomber’s role, and his views laid the groundwork for the 
successful naval blockade.
 
 Such happy outcomes, though, are the exception, Professors Neustadt and May 
conclude.
 
 They note that Johnson administration officials could have considered 
Thucydides’ account of the ill-conceived Athenian invasion of Syracuse more than 
two millennia ago. “Surely they had read ‘The Peloponnesian War’ somewhere, 
sometime, at least in snippets,” the authors wrote.
 
 But no one in the Johnson administration appears to have brought up its 
parallels to the Vietnam War.
 
 Public officials, political scientists say, usually turn to history to justify 
policies they’ve already settled on. In the 1980s, for example, Reagan 
administration officials compared tolerating the Sandinistas to appeasement at 
Munich, while opponents called Nicaragua another Vietnam.
 
 “People alight on the likeness with an event in the past, and it helps them to 
understand something when they can associate it with something familiar,” 
Professor May said in an interview.
 
 Historical analogies in public statements are especially suspect. Talking about 
Vietnam during the run-up to the war there, for example, United States 
government officials most often invoked Korea or — with increasing frequency as 
the escalation began — the appeasement of Hitler, according to a tally by Yuen 
Foong Khong, a professor of international relations at Oxford. The French 
retreat from Vietnam in 1954 — a precedent that augured failure — was almost 
never mentioned.
 
 In private, however, the French defeat came up much more often — far more often 
than Munich and nearly as often as Korea, Professor Khong concluded in his 1992 
book, “Analogies at War: Korea, Munich, Dien Bien Phu and the Vietnam Decisions 
of 1965.”
 
 Policymakers also sometimes bat away facts that mar their analogies. Before the 
Vietnam War, for example, Under Secretary of State George W. Ball repeatedly 
reminded President Lyndon Johnson and his other aides of Vietnam’s overriding 
differences from both Munich and Korea. Arguing that Vietnam was “sui generis,” 
Ball predicted that the United States would suffer the same fate as the French 
in 1954.
 
 Johnson listened, but he and his advisers dismissed Ball’s case nonetheless. 
France, generals told Ball, had not won a war since Napoleon.
 
 Finally, Ball, recognizing that argument would never settle the battle of 
analogies, proposed what he called “a trial period” of “controlled commitment.” 
In a June 18, 1965, internal memo, Ball proposed increasing the number of 
American troops in Vietnam to 100,000 for three months to “appraise the costs 
and possibilities of waging a successful land war in South Vietnam and chart a 
clear course of action.” The results, he argued, would show which comparison was 
more apt: the Americans in Korea or the French in Vietnam.
 
 Now, Professor Khong said in an interview, Ball’s proposal may itself be a good 
analogy for the current situation in Iraq, where President Bush has increased 
troop levels in a test of the military’s ability to pacify the country.
 
 Next comes a debate over the meaning of the test results, Professor Khong said, 
which may be why both sides are reaching furiously for analogies to support 
their positions.
    
This War Is Not Like the Others — or Is It?, NYT, 
26.8.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/08/26/weekinreview/26kirkpatrick.html?hp 
           Family 
Loses 2nd Son; 3rd Brother Serves   August 25, 
2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 1:57 p.m. ET
 The New York Times
   CLOVIS, 
Calif. (AP) -- Early in the Iraq war, Jeff and Peggy Hubbard faced the news that 
every parent with a child at war dreads, the death of their son Jared, a Marine 
killed alongside his best friend.
 Two years, nine months and 18 days later, they faced another grim-faced officer. 
This time, it was their youngest, Army Cpl. Nathan Hubbard, 21, dead in a 
helicopter crash in Iraq.
 
 A third brother, Jason, was on another helicopter in the same unit and was at 
the crash site. He accompanied his brother's body on a flight out of Iraq and 
was on his way home for the funeral.
 
 The family has been told that, if he requests it, Jason Hubbard will be 
discharged or given a noncombat assignment under an Army policy governing sole 
surviving siblings and children of soldiers killed in combat, said Tim Rolen, a 
family friend and pastor who co-presided at Jared Hubbard's funeral on Veteran's 
Day 2004.
 
 ''In all of our minds we have an order of the way things go. The death of a 
child is out of order. You now have a family that has lost two,'' Rolen said. 
''One doesn't prepare you for another one.''
 
 Nathan was barely out of high school when a roadside bomb killed Jared and 
Jared's best friend. Nathan tattooed his brother's initials on his arm, 
described him as his hero and enlisted to pick up where his big brother left 
off.
 
 With a yearlong tour of duty almost behind him, he was making plans to meet his 
buddies in Hawaii, where he was stationed, when the Black Hawk helicopter 
carrying him and 13 other soldiers had mechanical problems and crashed during a 
night flight. There were no survivors.
 
 Jason Hubbard, 33, had resigned as a Fresno County sheriff's deputy to join the 
Army at the same time Nathan did. At their request, the two were assigned to the 
same unit, the 3rd Brigade of the 25th Infantry Division based on Oahu.
 
 Jason was riding in another helicopter when the Black Hawk went down. He told 
his wife by telephone that he was part of the crew assigned to search the 
wreckage, according to Rolen.
 
 He accompanied Nathan's body on a military aircraft from Iraq to Kuwait, then on 
to California.
 
 Flags were lowered to half-staff outside homes, stores and municipal buildings 
Friday all over Clovis, a city of 90,000 next to Fresno.
 
 For many people in the town, the Hubbard family's tragedy elicited echoes from 
two movies: ''Saving Private Ryan,'' which depicted the search for a paratrooper 
whose three brothers have already died in World War II, and ''Legends of the 
Fall'' -- one of Nathan Hubbard's favorite films -- about the death of the 
youngest of three Montana brothers who went off to battle during World War I.
 
 The military does not track families with more than one child serving in Iraq or 
cases in which casualties have resulted in a service member's discharge or 
change in combat status, said Lt. Jonathan Withington, a Department of Defense 
spokesman.
 
 Buchanan High Principal Don Ulrich remembered Nathan Hubbard, a 2004 graduate, 
as a happy-go-lucky student and junior varsity wrestler who made friends easily. 
Counselors sent to the school Thursday were mostly visited by teachers and staff 
members who remembered the deaths of 2001 graduates Jared Hubbard and his 
friend, Jeremiah Baro.
 
 ''It is very difficult to comprehend the loss this Buchanan family has endured. 
All we can do is support Nathan and his brothers' commitment to serving their 
country and keep the family in our prayers,'' Ulrich said.
 
 The Hubbards -- who also have a daughter, Heidi, 31 -- asked for privacy. Jeff 
Hubbard is a retired Clovis police officer, and a uniformed officer was posted 
outside their door. Capt. Drew Berrington, a longtime friend whose son grew up 
with Jared Hubbard, said the family's double tragedy had unsettled the most 
hardened veterans.
 
 ''It's difficult for us, even though we are people who deal with disturbing 
situations on a daily basis. It gets under our armor, even though we deal with 
death all the time,'' Berrington said.
 
 Rolen said Jeff and Peggy Hubbard had conflicting emotions when Nathan and Jason 
enlisted six months after their brother's death. The parents were proud, but 
wanted to make sure the sons were doing it for the right reasons and understood 
the risks, he said.
 
 ''Any parent who has lost a child in this manner would say, 'Be sure.' This is a 
family that is strong on commitment,'' he said.
 
 In an interview with The Fresno Bee shortly before he left for basic training in 
2005, Nathan Hubbard said he knew the dangers but did not worry about dying.
 
 ''My brother -- my parents' son -- will always be in our hearts, and we'll 
always remember him and we'll always think of him and all that, but we've got to 
move on, and that's what we are doing,'' he said.
 
 Nathan is to be buried late this coming week with full military honors at Clovis 
Cemetery, where his brother and friend Jeremiah Baro were buried side by side.
 
 On Friday, at their first regular season game, members of Buchanan High School's 
football team plan to wear five stars on their helmets, one in honor of each 
graduate who has died in Iraq, school district spokeswoman Kelly Avants said.
    
Family Loses 2nd Son; 3rd Brother Serves, NYT, 25.8.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/us/AP-Brothers-in-Arms.html            Toll 
Rises Above 500 in Iraq Bombings   August 22, 
2007The New York Times
 By DAMIEN CAVE and JAMES GLANZ
   BAGHDAD, 
Aug. 21 — One week after a series of truck bombs hit a poor rural area near the 
Syrian border, the known casualty toll has soared to more than 500 dead and 
1,500 wounded, according to the Iraqi Red Crescent Society, making it the 
bloodiest coordinated attack since the American-led invasion in 2003.
 Dr. Said Hakki, the director of the society, said Tuesday that local Red 
Crescent workers registering families for aid after the explosions near the town 
of Sinjar had compiled the new numbers, which dwarf the earlier estimates of at 
least 250 dead.
 
 The toll, Dr. Hakki said, may yet rise. Emergency workers continued to drag body 
parts from the site’s dusty rubble. Among the wounded, one in five suffered 
serious wounds, and hospital officials reported that hundreds of families had 
taken their broken loved ones home, despite the threat of infection.
 
 “We have declared the villages a disaster area,” said Khidhir Khader Rashu, the 
mayor of Qahtaniya, one of the villages crushed by the blasts. “What we’ve 
received of food supplies and other aid so far is not enough, because the scale 
of destruction is so huge.”
 
 Statistical certainty can be difficult to obtain after bomb attacks, and some 
government officials near the villages have put the death toll closer to 360. 
But the Red Crescent figures align with estimates from two hospital officials in 
the area and with the typical ratio of dead to wounded from big bomb attacks.
 
 With the latest figures, the attack has become the deadliest coordinated assault 
since the 2003 invasion by a factor of three. In July about 155 people died in a 
giant explosion in the northern town of Amerli.
 
 A similar number were killed in a series of bombings and mortar attacks in the 
Sadr City neighborhood of Baghdad last November, and about 152 died in Tal Afar 
last month from a double truck bombing.
 
 In the area of last week’s attack, the desert villages dominated by Yazidis — a 
Kurdish-speaking sect whose faith combines Islamic teachings with other ancient 
religions — struggled to cope. Residents and officials say a constant flow of 
burials has filled the streets amid the stench of death arising from mounds of 
beige brick.
 
 Tecken Kuli Saleem, 39, said she had stayed alive for 12 hours under the rubble, 
but emerged without her family.
 
 “I was pregnant in my fourth month and lost my baby in the attack,” she said. “I 
can’t talk much. The criminals killed my family, and I don’t know where my 
children are, whether they’re dead or alive. They’re missing.”
 
 Many families of the wounded have been so shaken by the attacks that they 
refused to leave their loved ones in hospitals, ferrying them back to small 
villages where they hoped for safety in numbers.
 
 At the main hospital in Tal Afar, an official said only 15 wounded people 
remained on Tuesday. Dr. Kifah Kattu, the director general of the hospital in 
Sinjar, a few miles north of where the explosions occurred, said all 300 of the 
hospital’s wounded patients had been taken home or to smaller clinics and aid 
tents near family homes.
 
 Every day, he and another hospital official said, doctors and aid workers from 
the villages visit the hospital to collect supplies for those who have left.
 
 “Doctors were astonished because their relatives insisted on taking them,” Dr. 
Kattu said. “They thought that Sinjar was too dangerous.”
 
 Duraid Kashmula, the governor of Mosul, said several regiments of Iraqi soldiers 
had been deployed to protect the area. Sand barriers have been built around 
three villages in greater Qahtaniya “to secure the area and prevent any 
strangers from entering,” he said.
 
 He added that the explosions leveled more than 1,000 houses, most of them made 
of mud and stone, while another 500 were damaged.
 
 Mr. Khader Rashu, the mayor of Qahtaniya, said little hope of finding any 
survivors remained. “We are facing some difficulties in removing the debris,” he 
said, “because there are some concrete blocks that need to be broken up.”
 
 Iraqi officials said no suspects had been arrested. Sunni extremists, who have 
been warring with Kurds in the northern cities of Mosul and Kirkuk, are believed 
to be responsible for the attack.
 
 Yazidis may have been targets because of their proximity to Syria’s porous 
border; for their beliefs (they worship an angel whose name is sometimes 
translated as Satan in the Koran); or as retribution for an episode in April, 
when some Yazidis stoned a young Yazidi woman to death for marrying a Sunni.
 
 For now, the Iraqi and international effort remains focused on helping the 
grieving, the wounded and the destitute. American troops have helped distribute 
water and other emergency supplies.
 
 Dr. Hakki of the Red Crescent Society said at least three trucks full of aid had 
come from the Turkish government. At least nine trucks brought supplies from the 
Red Crescent Society, carrying basic equipment.
 
 “We supplied tents,” Dr. Hakki said. “We supplied kitchen utensils.”
 
 The society has also provided cash and food. He said the families of the 500 who 
died had received $100 for each person killed, and six months of food rations. 
Relatives of the wounded received $50 each and the six months’ worth of meals.
 
 The Iraqi government, meanwhile, has distributed $1,600 payments to more than 
300 families of those killed, according to local government officials.
 
 Few residents or local leaders seemed to feel it was enough.
 
 Yazidis from across the north, where the sect is most concentrated, said they 
feared that their community of several hundred thousand might not recover.
 
 “I’ve lost 32 people from the families of my five brothers and four sisters,” 
said Rasheed Muhsin Khesru, 59, a Yazidi from Kirkuk.
 
 Others said the attack would only accelerate Iraq’s already dizzying level of 
violence.
 
 “In a few days, 10,000 of our men will be ready to protect our areas,” said 
Kheder Aziz, who was sobbing on a street in Kirkuk. “All the Sunni Arab tribes 
living around us are responsible, either because they helped with the attack or 
knew what would happen.”
 
 Ali Fahim and Ali Adeeb contributed reporting from Baghdad, and Iraqi 
employees of The New York Times from Mosul and Kirkuk.
    
Toll Rises Above 500 in Iraq Bombings, NYT, 22.8.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/08/22/world/middleeast/22iraq.html            The War 
as We Saw It   August 19, 
2007The New York Times
 Op-Ed Contributors
 
 
 By BUDDHIKA 
JAYAMAHA, WESLEY D. SMITH,JEREMY ROEBUCK, OMAR MORA, EDWARD SANDMEIER,
 YANCE T. GRAY and JEREMY A. MURPHY
   Baghdad
 VIEWED from Iraq at the tail end of a 15-month deployment, the political debate 
in Washington is indeed surreal. Counterinsurgency is, by definition, a 
competition between insurgents and counterinsurgents for the control and support 
of a population. To believe that Americans, with an occupying force that long 
ago outlived its reluctant welcome, can win over a recalcitrant local population 
and win this counterinsurgency is far-fetched. As responsible infantrymen and 
noncommissioned officers with the 82nd Airborne Division soon heading back home, 
we are skeptical of recent press coverage portraying the conflict as 
increasingly manageable and feel it has neglected the mounting civil, political 
and social unrest we see every day. (Obviously, these are our personal views and 
should not be seen as official within our chain of command.)
 
 The claim that we are increasingly in control of the battlefields in Iraq is an 
assessment arrived at through a flawed, American-centered framework. Yes, we are 
militarily superior, but our successes are offset by failures elsewhere. What 
soldiers call the “battle space” remains the same, with changes only at the 
margins. It is crowded with actors who do not fit neatly into boxes: Sunni 
extremists, Al Qaeda terrorists, Shiite militiamen, criminals and armed tribes. 
This situation is made more complex by the questionable loyalties and 
Janus-faced role of the Iraqi police and Iraqi Army, which have been trained and 
armed at United States taxpayers’ expense.
 
 A few nights ago, for example, we witnessed the death of one American soldier 
and the critical wounding of two others when a lethal armor-piercing explosive 
was detonated between an Iraqi Army checkpoint and a police one. Local Iraqis 
readily testified to American investigators that Iraqi police and Army officers 
escorted the triggermen and helped plant the bomb. These civilians highlighted 
their own predicament: had they informed the Americans of the bomb before the 
incident, the Iraqi Army, the police or the local Shiite militia would have 
killed their families.
 
 As many grunts will tell you, this is a near-routine event. Reports that a 
majority of Iraqi Army commanders are now reliable partners can be considered 
only misleading rhetoric. The truth is that battalion commanders, even if well 
meaning, have little to no influence over the thousands of obstinate men under 
them, in an incoherent chain of command, who are really loyal only to their 
militias.
 
 Similarly, Sunnis, who have been underrepresented in the new Iraqi armed forces, 
now find themselves forming militias, sometimes with our tacit support. Sunnis 
recognize that the best guarantee they may have against Shiite militias and the 
Shiite-dominated government is to form their own armed bands. We arm them to aid 
in our fight against Al Qaeda.
 
 However, while creating proxies is essential in winning a counterinsurgency, it 
requires that the proxies are loyal to the center that we claim to support. 
Armed Sunni tribes have indeed become effective surrogates, but the enduring 
question is where their loyalties would lie in our absence. The Iraqi government 
finds itself working at cross purposes with us on this issue because it is 
justifiably fearful that Sunni militias will turn on it should the Americans 
leave.
 
 In short, we operate in a bewildering context of determined enemies and 
questionable allies, one where the balance of forces on the ground remains 
entirely unclear. (In the course of writing this article, this fact became all 
too clear: one of us, Staff Sergeant Murphy, an Army Ranger and reconnaissance 
team leader, was shot in the head during a “time-sensitive target acquisition 
mission” on Aug. 12; he is expected to survive and is being flown to a military 
hospital in the United States.) While we have the will and the resources to 
fight in this context, we are effectively hamstrung because realities on the 
ground require measures we will always refuse — namely, the widespread use of 
lethal and brutal force.
 
 Given the situation, it is important not to assess security from an 
American-centered perspective. The ability of, say, American observers to safely 
walk down the streets of formerly violent towns is not a resounding indicator of 
security. What matters is the experience of the local citizenry and the future 
of our counterinsurgency. When we take this view, we see that a vast majority of 
Iraqis feel increasingly insecure and view us as an occupation force that has 
failed to produce normalcy after four years and is increasingly unlikely to do 
so as we continue to arm each warring side.
 
 Coupling our military strategy to an insistence that the Iraqis meet political 
benchmarks for reconciliation is also unhelpful. The morass in the government 
has fueled impatience and confusion while providing no semblance of security to 
average Iraqis. Leaders are far from arriving at a lasting political settlement. 
This should not be surprising, since a lasting political solution will not be 
possible while the military situation remains in constant flux.
 
 The Iraqi government is run by the main coalition partners of the 
Shiite-dominated United Iraqi Alliance, with Kurds as minority members. The 
Shiite clerical establishment formed the alliance to make sure its people did 
not succumb to the same mistake as in 1920: rebelling against the occupying 
Western force (then the British) and losing what they believed was their 
inherent right to rule Iraq as the majority. The qualified and reluctant welcome 
we received from the Shiites since the invasion has to be seen in that 
historical context. They saw in us something useful for the moment.
 
 Now that moment is passing, as the Shiites have achieved what they believe is 
rightfully theirs. Their next task is to figure out how best to consolidate the 
gains, because reconciliation without consolidation risks losing it all. 
Washington’s insistence that the Iraqis correct the three gravest mistakes we 
made — de-Baathification, the dismantling of the Iraqi Army and the creation of 
a loose federalist system of government — places us at cross purposes with the 
government we have committed to support.
 
 Political reconciliation in Iraq will occur, but not at our insistence or in 
ways that meet our benchmarks. It will happen on Iraqi terms when the reality on 
the battlefield is congruent with that in the political sphere. There will be no 
magnanimous solutions that please every party the way we expect, and there will 
be winners and losers. The choice we have left is to decide which side we will 
take. Trying to please every party in the conflict — as we do now — will only 
ensure we are hated by all in the long run.
 
 At the same time, the most important front in the counterinsurgency, improving 
basic social and economic conditions, is the one on which we have failed most 
miserably. Two million Iraqis are in refugee camps in bordering countries. Close 
to two million more are internally displaced and now fill many urban slums. 
Cities lack regular electricity, telephone services and sanitation. “Lucky” 
Iraqis live in gated communities barricaded with concrete blast walls that 
provide them with a sense of communal claustrophobia rather than any sense of 
security we would consider normal.
 
 In a lawless environment where men with guns rule the streets, engaging in the 
banalities of life has become a death-defying act. Four years into our 
occupation, we have failed on every promise, while we have substituted Baath 
Party tyranny with a tyranny of Islamist, militia and criminal violence. When 
the primary preoccupation of average Iraqis is when and how they are likely to 
be killed, we can hardly feel smug as we hand out care packages. As an Iraqi man 
told us a few days ago with deep resignation, “We need security, not free food.”
 
 In the end, we need to recognize that our presence may have released Iraqis from 
the grip of a tyrant, but that it has also robbed them of their self-respect. 
They will soon realize that the best way to regain dignity is to call us what we 
are — an army of occupation — and force our withdrawal.
 
 Until that happens, it would be prudent for us to increasingly let Iraqis take 
center stage in all matters, to come up with a nuanced policy in which we assist 
them from the margins but let them resolve their differences as they see fit. 
This suggestion is not meant to be defeatist, but rather to highlight our 
pursuit of incompatible policies to absurd ends without recognizing the 
incongruities.
 
 We need not talk about our morale. As committed soldiers, we will see this 
mission through.
   Buddhika 
Jayamaha is an Army specialist. Wesley D. Smith is a sergeant. Jeremy Roebuck is 
a sergeant. Omar Mora is a sergeant. Edward Sandmeier is a sergeant. Yance T. 
Gray is a staff sergeant. Jeremy A. Murphy is a staff sergeant.    
The War as We Saw It, NYT, 19.8.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/08/19/opinion/19jayamaha.html?ex=1189742400&en=10c7f4155337e9ab&ei=5070           Gates 
Offers Blunt Review of Progress in Iraq   August 3, 
2007The New York Times
 By DAVID S. CLOUD
   WASHINGTON, 
Aug. 2 — Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates said Thursday that he was discouraged 
by the resignation of the Sunnis from Iraq’s cabinet and that the Bush 
administration might have misjudged the difficulty of achieving reconciliation 
between Iraq’s sectarian factions.
 In one of his bluntest assessments of the progress of the administration’s Iraq 
strategy, Mr. Gates said, “I think the developments on the political side are 
somewhat discouraging at the national level.” He said that despite the Sunni 
withdrawal, “my hope is that it can all be patched back together.”
 
 Mr. Gates made the remarks to reporters traveling on his plane while returning 
to Washington after a trip to the Middle East that included stops in Egypt, 
Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates but did not include a visit to 
Iraq.
 
 Mr. Gates gave little indication whether he was leaning toward recommending a 
shift in the administration’s strategy next month, when officials are planning 
to review whether progress has been achieved by sending nearly 30,000 additional 
American troops to Iraq.
 
 He acknowledged that when the Bush administration decided to send the additional 
troops, “We probably all underestimated the depth of the mistrust and how 
difficult it would be for these guys to come together on legislation, which, 
let’s face it, is not some kind of secondary issue.”
 
 He was referring to the failure of Iraq’s Parliament to pass legislation 
distributing oil revenue, setting a timetable for provincial elections and 
easing employment restrictions on former Baath Party members — measures that the 
Bush administration considers crucial for reconciliation between Sunnis and 
Shiites.
 
 While critical of Iraq’s government, Mr. Gates said the security situation was 
“more encouraging than I would have expected three or four months ago.”
 
 He cited progress in reducing violence in Anbar Province, formerly a center of 
anti-American hostility, and at persuading mostly Sunni tribal sheiks in some 
areas of the country to cooperate in security operations against Sunni 
insurgents — a development he called “in some respects unexpected.”
 
 He said the administration would have to balance the relative lack of political 
progress with the somewhat encouraging security trends when it makes the 
September review, which will include reports from Gen. David H. Petraeus, the 
top American commander in Iraq, and Ambassador Ryan C. Crocker.
 
 Several American military commanders in Iraq have said that the additional 
troops will be needed in Iraq into next year. Some critics of the Iraq policy, 
including several Democrats running for president, have called for troop 
withdrawals and shifting to a strategy that focuses on counterterrorism, instead 
of on protecting Iraqis.
 
 In justifying the need for a temporary increase in troop levels earlier this 
year, administration officials said more forces devoted to protecting Iraqis 
would give Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki’s government “breathing room” to 
achieve the political reconciliation and progress on legislation.
 
 But Mr. Gates offered a slightly different formulation on Thursday, arguing that 
political progress would come when Iraqi Army and police units proved able to 
take over primary responsibility for maintaining security in areas now largely 
controlled by American troops.
 
 “I think the key is, not only establishing the security, but being able to hold 
on to those areas and for Iraqi Army and police to be able to provide the 
continuity of security over time,” he said. “It’s under that umbrella I think 
progress will be made at the national level.” Mr. Gates would not give a 
timetable.
 
 As he has traveled around the Middle East this week, Mr. Gates has stressed that 
whenever the United States begins reducing troops in Iraq, it must be careful 
not to leave the country in chaos, which he warned could spread throughout the 
region.
 
 Completing a four-day visit through the Middle East, Mr. Gates stopped briefly 
in Abu Dhabi on Thursday for talks with Mohammed bin Zayed al-Nahyan, the crown 
prince of the United Arab Emirates. On Wednesday, he took a helicopter tour of 
the port in Kuwait that would be vital for removing military equipment when a 
withdrawal does begin in Iraq.
 
 Earlier, he stopped in Egypt and Saudi Arabia.
 
 In addition to asking for help from Arab allies in stabilizing Iraq, Mr. Gates 
asked officials to toughen their enforcement of United Nations sanctions against 
Iran and discussed arms sales with each of the countries, part of an estimated 
$20 billion the United States wants to provide to Persian Gulf countries.
 
 A senior Defense Department official said Mr. Gates and Secretary of State 
Condoleezza Rice, who joined him in Egypt and Saudi Arabia, stressed what they 
called the need for Arab governments to support the administration’s effort to 
isolate Iran, diplomatically and economically.
 
 “There’s not really room for bystanders here,” Mr. Gates said.
       Iraqi Boy 
Loses 5 Brothers
 BAGHDAD, Aug. 2 — A weeping boy was found Thursday next to the bodies of his 
five brothers after they were kidnapped and killed by insurgents near Kirkuk, 
the police said.
 
 The boy’s brothers, all adults, appeared to have been ambushed as they were on 
their way to paint a police station in Rashad, near Kirkuk, the oil-rich 
northern city where there have been tensions between Kurds, Turkmens and Sunni 
Arabs.
 
 The boy, who was unharmed, was apparently brought along to help his brothers, 
Brig. Gen. Sarhat Qadir said. Many Iraqis who work with the Americans or the 
Iraqi government’s security forces are sought out by extremists, who accuse them 
of being collaborators.
 
 Large areas in the western parts of Baghdad were without running water on 
Thursday, in 120-degree summer heat. Officials blamed their inability to keep 
the water-purification and pumping stations going for the electricity shortages.
 
 Many Baghdad residents complain that they have water for only a few hours a day, 
and sometimes no electricity at all.
    
Gates Offers Blunt Review of Progress in Iraq, NYT, 
3.8.2007, 
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/08/03/washington/03military.html            At 
Hussein Grave, Legend Lives as Fury Simmers   August 3, 
2007The New York Times
 By JOHN F. BURNS
   AWJA, Iraq 
— The grave site has a forlorn, even jumbled air. There are filigreed 
inscriptions hailing him as a martyr, as a hero of the insurgency and as “the 
eagle of the Arabs,” his favorite sobriquet. But alongside these there is the 
mundane bric-a-brac of his life — a carved wooden eagle hung with his personal 
prayer beads, and a gallery of informal photographs, one showing him with a 
cigar.
 Saddam Hussein’s burial place, in his native village on the banks of the Tigris, 
may be the only public space in Iraq where the former ruler, hanged in December 
at the age of 69, is openly extolled. Under a decree dating from the American 
occupation in 2003, still in force under the new Iraqi government, all 
paintings, photographs and statues of Mr. Hussein are forbidden, as are public 
protests in his support. At least in terms of public hagiography, he remains, 
everywhere else in Iraq, a nonperson.
 
 But in Awja, Mr. Hussein’s legend lives on, though only as a pale shadow of what 
it was. The old reception center where he lies — renamed “Martyrs’ Hall” by the 
family members who manage it — has none of the grandeur of the palaces he built 
during his 24-year rule. The trickle of visitors drops on some days to twos and 
threes, and only rarely reaches double figures, far short of making Awja a 
pilgrimage site on the scale of Iraq’s religious shrines.
 
 Part of the problem is the danger — in death as in life — that envelops all that 
involves Mr. Hussein. Since his burial, no other Western reporter has reached 
the site, though it lies less than three miles from the center of Tikrit, a 
strategic city long garrisoned by American forces that is now under the control 
of the Iraqi Army and police. Reaching here required what amounted to a 
guarantee of safe conduct from the sheik of Mr. Hussein’s Albu Nasir tribe and 
from other people in Awja with links to the “national resistance,” Sunni 
insurgents who control many of the riverbank villages and towns around Tikrit, 
the capital of Salahuddin Province.
 
 The site itself offers mixed messages. On broken ground outside the hall, behind 
a line of wilting sunflowers, Mr. Hussein’s family has buried six others, 
including his two oldest sons, Uday and Qusay, whose brutishness and greed, 
unfiltered by the propaganda that made a mythic figure of Mr. Hussein, made them 
among the most hated people in Iraq. Three others buried near them were 
associates who stood trial with Mr. Hussein and were hanged in the same dank 
prison chamber in Baghdad within weeks of his execution at dawn on Dec. 30.
 
 The scant flow of visitors reflects, too, the chaos that has supplanted the 
tyranny Iraq endured under Mr. Hussein. Awja, 100 miles north of Baghdad, is in 
the middle of a fiercely contested war zone, where American troops passing on 
Iraq’s main north-south highway, flanking the village, are regularly ambushed 
and bombed by insurgents. Along with that, there is continuing fury among Mr. 
Hussein’s loyalists at his overthrow, trial and hanging, a mood that simmers so 
strongly at Awja that outsiders — indeed, any but Mr. Hussein’s established 
loyalists — have generally stayed away.
 
 The grave site, humble as it is, reflects something more than a hometown’s 
determination to honor a fallen son, something that seems irreducible in the 
politics of Iraq: the refusal of the Sunni minority, who ruled Iraq for 
centuries until Mr. Hussein’s overthrow, to reconcile themselves to the 
assumption of power by the Shiite majority who won elections godfathered by the 
American occupation authority.
 
 Mr. Hussein was far from the beloved figure his propagandists depicted, even 
among the people of his home region. Not far into many conversations, people 
here speak of the ruthless killing that characterized his rule, of Sunnis as 
well as of his principal victims, Shiites and Kurds.
 
 And they point to the 128-building palace complex Mr. Hussein built on a rise 
above the Tigris in Tikrit. For three years an American military command complex 
but largely abandoned now, the complex is cited by locals as proof of how Mr. 
Hussein used Iraq’s oil wealth to benefit himself, his family and a coterie of 
loyalists, not the ordinary people of Awja or Tikrit.
 
 “Saddam Hussein led the country into destruction, and in doing so destroyed 
himself and his family, and led us into the present chaos,” said Abdullah 
Hussein Ejbarah, the 50-year-old deputy governor of Salahuddin Province. Like 
many senior officials here, Mr. Ejbarah is a former high-ranking member of Mr. 
Hussein’s Baath Party, and was a fast-rising officer in the Special Republican 
Guard, an elite military unit, until members of Mr. Ejbarah’s Jabouri tribe 
tried to assassinate Mr. Hussein in 1993. Mr. Ejbarah was lucky to escape the 
purge that followed.
 
 Now, he treads an uneasy path as an intermediary between the American military 
command, with a huge regional headquarters for northern Iraq at Camp Speicher, 
five miles northwest of Tikrit, and the shadowy oligarchy that holds much of the 
real power in Salahuddin: the province’s powerful tribal sheiks and, in silent 
league with them, the insurgents known by the Americans as “former regime 
elements” — men who were once senior Baath Party officials, Hussein-era military 
officers and secret police agents, who now direct many of the attacks on 
American troops.
 
 It was Mr. Ejbarah, along with the Tikrit governor and the leader of Mr. 
Hussein’s tribe, who flew by American helicopter to Baghdad on the day of Mr. 
Hussein’s hanging and waged an argument deep into the night against the new 
Iraqi government’s plans to bury Mr. Hussein in an unmarked, secret grave.
 
 When the body first arrived from Baghdad in the predawn hours of Dec. 31, Mr. 
Hussein’s body was buried quickly, to the accompaniment of angry protests, in 
the interior courtyard of a local mosque, then moved within hours to a 
caramel-colored, two-story reception hall built by Mr. Hussein as a gift to the 
village. There, the body lies in a shallow grave dug beneath the building’s 
rotunda, under a huge chandelier. Covering it are two Iraqi flags of the design 
used under Mr. Hussein, with the words “God is Great” in his handwriting.
 
 Outside, down a pathway of broken concrete paving stones, lie the remains of the 
others chosen by Mr. Hussein’s family for burial here, each, like Mr. Hussein, 
lying with their head toward Mecca. His two sons, killed in a shootout with 
American troops in Mosul in 2003 and reburied here after Mr. Hussein’s hanging, 
lie at the back; beside them is Qusay’s son, Mustafa, who was 15 when he died in 
the shootout with his father.
 
 The other three in the front row, all of whom were hanged, are Mr. Hussein’s 
half brother, Barzan Ibrahim al-Tikriti, former director of the secret police; 
Awad al-Bandar, former chief judge of the Revolutionary Court; and Taha Yassin 
Ramadan, a former vice president.
 
 But it is at Mr. Hussein’s graveside that visitors linger. A remembrance book 
with perhaps 1,500 signatures shows that most visitors come from the country’s 
Sunni heartland, predominantly from the provinces of Salahuddin, Anbar, Baghdad, 
Diyala and Nineveh, all insurgent strongholds.
 
 On a back wall hangs a further reminder of the insurgency, a black banner 
inscribed with a message in golden thread: “Gift from the Adhamiya mujahedeen,” 
a hard-line Sunni neighborhood in Baghdad that was the birthplace of the Baath 
Party in Iraq.
 
 The condolence messages are replete with references to Mr. Hussein as a martyr, 
with prayers that God speed him to reward in “his wide heavens.” But many, too, 
echo the themes Mr. Hussein pressed in his courtroom harangues in the last 15 
months of his life — damnation to Iraq’s American occupiers, to Iran as the 
backer of the Shiite religious parties that now rule here, and to Israel.
 
 “May God bless Comrade Saddam Hussein, and have mercy upon him,” wrote a Baath 
Party visitor in May who gave his name as Comrade Abu Qaysar. He added, “By the 
will of God, victory will soon be ours, and we will liberate our beloved Iraq 
from the claws of the Zionists and their followers.”
    
At Hussein Grave, Legend Lives as Fury Simmers, NYT, 
3.8.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/2007/08/03/world/middleeast/03saddam.html?hp 
           3 U.S. 
Soldiers Dead in Baghdad   August 1, 
2007By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
 Filed at 3:02 a.m. ET
 The New York Times
   BAGHDAD 
(AP) -- Three U.S. soldiers were killed and six wounded by a sophisticated 
armor-piercing bomb in eastern Baghdad, the U.S. military said Wednesday.
 An explosively-formed penetrator, or EFP, detonated near the soldiers' patrol 
during combat operations on Tuesday, the military said in a statement.
 
 The victims' names were withheld pending family notification.
 3 U.S. Soldiers Dead in Baghdad, NYT, 1.8.2007,
http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/world/AP-Iraq-US-Casualties.html 
 
 
 |